Home

DESIGNJET T7100 and T7100 Monochrome printer series

1. O e z v i D a Q i Q v 6 aes N ENWW Transport Belt 455 6 Slide the left end of the Output Roller back towards the hole left empty when the Heat Roller was removed N p Q A o D 5 Q ka 9 3 fe lt 2 456 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 9 Remove the spring from the left side of the stacker Dap gt O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 aes WwW ENWW Transport Belt 457 12 Remove the spring from the left end of the shaft paowa pd 19 gt 211S 458 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 15 Remove two screws and washers that secure the Right Input Roller Bearing i T A Lea a O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim N ENWW Transport Belt 459 18 Pass the Input Roller through the hole 20 Remove the Transport Belt from underneath the stacker EY NOTE When reinstalling the Output Roller the side with the longer shaft is installed on the right side of the stacker N f Q A o i a 5 Q ai ka i 3 e lt a 460 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 11 Preventive maintenance Y Q c o c D mm e Moisture on the printer on page 462 e Noisy Carriage Bushing on page 462 e Belt swelling on page 462 e General cleanin
2. tlt M g 4 Tora ey i va f T aapi mmia Bia aian 11 Remove four screws that secure the Power Supply Unit to the Electronics Module al _ _ _ i a fania aad 3 i l T h TA Avah 7 i M _ amp m ee ail i z iy F T as a eS p ee ee l a r a 12 Lift up the Power Supply Unit Power Supply Unit 447 O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e 13 Remove the bottom part of the Power Supply Unit 14 Remove the Power Supply Unit em e 6 eo 1 1 ag Heating Lamp Removal 1 Remove the Right Cover gt Right Cover on page 413 2 Remove the Left Cover Left Cover on page 415 N Q e o D O Q e ka D 3 e lt a 448 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 3 Disconnect the Heating Lamp Cable on the left of the chassis push in the retaining clip with a screwdriver and release the cable 4 5 O e z Q i D a Q i Q e7 6 aes Ww ENWW Heating Lamp 449 6 Remove the Left Heating Lamp Cover 8 Remove three springs from the lett end of the Heating Lamp N e o M ka O Q ka M 3 e lt 2 450 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 9 Disconnect
3. E 16p bidi Fine Art Paper 1200x1200 No 10p bidi frente a fw Indoor Banner PL 16p bidi Banner amp Sign 9001 omer Plo ao el Self Adhesive 1200x1200 Yes 10p bidi Adhesive Polypropylene Al 600 ENWW Working with other commercially available papers 183 J ai p 2 2 lt Table 3 Original HP paper types Print Printmode Best Printmode Best Printin F E HP Bright White Inkjet Bond ebai ebai Paper HP Universal Bond Paper 4pbidi 4pbidi HP Coated Paper Bp bidi Bp bidi HP Universal Coated Paper Bp bidi Bp bidi Bond and Coated Paper HP Heavyweight Coated Paper 1200x1200 10p bidi HP Universal Heavyweight Al 30 Coated Paper HP Super Heavyweight Coated All Plus Matte Paper HP Recycled Bond Paper Ap bidi Ap bidi HP Premium Instant dry Photo P Lg 45 Gloss HP Universal Instant dry Photo P Lg 37 Gloss HP Everyday Pigment Ink Gloss P Lg 37 Photo Paper oo Instant dry Photo P Lg 45 600x1200 12p bidi Photo Paper sian Yes HP Professional Satin Photo Paper HP Universal Instant dry Photo Semi gloss HP Everyday Pigment Ink Satin Photo Paper a ae 1200x1200 10p bidi HP Premium Matte Photo Paper Al 1600 HP Natural Tracing Paper Technical Paper HP Translucent Bond Paper ae Ce 1200x1200 4p bidi Yes 1200x1200 10p bidi HP Matte HP Matte Film 184 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW HP Professional Matte Canvas A 16p bidi Il 44 Fine Art Paper 600 1200x1200 1
4. tema i O Q ba i 3 fe lt 2 392 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Foams will need to be trimmed when stuck to the Vacuum Beam amp NOTE Make sure you take note of the positions of the Foams located underneath the center Platen NOTE When reinstalling the parts make sure you apply the grease included with the support part to the gears NOTE After installing the new Center Platen make sure you perform the following Service Calibration e Paper advance Calibration Paper advance calibration on page 124 Ee NOTE To simplify the installation of the OMAS an Attachment Screw Retainer has been added to hold the two T 20 attachment screws This part is delivered with the Center Platen in case either of the OMAS attachment screws are completely removed during the removal of the Center Platen gt O z Q i nim Le e Q i Q aes i A OMAS Attachment Screws Completely Removed during Center Platen Removal 1 Completely remove OMAS from the printer See Optical Media Advance Sensor OMAS on page 352 2 Install the Center Platen amp NOTE When reinstalling the parts make sure you apply the grease included with the support part to the gears ENWW Disassembly order 393 3 Position the Attachment Screw Retainer on the OMAS and secure it with the T 8 attachment screw provided with Center Platen 4 Check that the two T 20 attachment screws are
5. 332 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 11 Remove the Output Platen Deflector and Stacker Switch Removal 1 Remove the Output Platen See Output Platen on page 329 2 Inside the Output Platen remove one T 8 screw then remove the Switch Sensor Trim Right Removal O gt e E Q on fea km e Q S Q D S 0 A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Output Platen See Output Platen on page 329 ENWW Disassembly order 333 2 Remove five T 15 screws that secure the Right Trim J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q Trim Left Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Output Platen See Output Platen on page 329 334 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Remove three T 15 and three T 20 screws that secure the Left Trim o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 335 Media Sensor Removal 1 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door and put the Smart Roll loading System into the following position J gt j g Q a M 3 e lt Q 336 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Pull the bottom of the Media Sensor out a little Han q t a PATEAR t E een y ue 5 6 Printer part removal Smart
6. O 5 L e Service calibrations on page 123 e Entering the Service Calibrations menu on page 124 122 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW Service calibrations A ENWW The printer has several calibration procedures that must be performed under certain conditions The following is a list of all internal service calibrations available in the printer See Entering the Service Calibrations menu on page 124 NOTE Remember that certain calibrations are required even if an assembly has been disassembled to gain access to another assembly or component 1 Paper Advance Calibration gt See Paper advance calibration on page 124 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the nominal advance of the paper This calibration is necessary to control the exact movement of the paper in order to avoid print quality problems like banding 2 Drop Detector Calibration See Drop Detector calibration on page 127 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the Drop Detector located in the Service Station in relation to the Carriage Assembly 3 Line Sensor Calibration See Line Sensor calibration on page 129 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the intensity of the Line Sensor An incorrect calibration can result in edge detection failures during paper loading and incorrect reading of prints that are used for alignment or calibration 4 Calibrate Rewinder See Calibrate Rewinder on page 13
7. e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the Main PCA Main PCA on page 369 SE 01 1 10 Cause PrintMech PCA hardware failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the PrintMech PCA PrintMech PCA on page 381 SE 01 2 10 Cause ISS Top PCA communication failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable EY NOTE If the Ink Supply Tubes are to be replaced the Ink Cartridges need to be checked beforehand to see if they are capable of purging the new tubes If they are not new Ink Cartridges must also be sent with the parts to be replaced To check the Ink Cartridges see Check ink supplies on page 98 SE 01 3 10 Cause ISS Bottom PCA communication failure N lt 4 f a 3 i gt L e L A O Q M N Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable EY NOTE If the Ink Supply Tubes are to be replaced the Ink Cartridges need to be c
8. 4 Disconnect the Media Axis Motor cable from the PrintMech PCA and its ferrite 5 Detach the clamp of the ferrite core of the Media Axis Motor cable from the printer chassis O gt 0 E Q on eal Em e Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 325 6 Remove the T 15 screws Type R identified A and loosen the T 15 screws Type R identified B that secure the Media Axis Motor 7 Remove the Media Axis Motor Bracket 8 Remove two T 20 screws Type B that secure the Media Axis Motor Bracket J at i L O Q L 9 3 fe lt 2 9 Remove the Media Axis Motor from the printer E NOTE When reinstalling the parts make sure you apply the grease included with the support part to the gears NOTE After installing the new Media Axis Motor make sure you perform the following Service Calibration e Paper advance Calibration Paper advance calibration on page 124 326 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Maintenance Cartridge Door Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Open the Maintenance Cartridge Door 2 Unclip and remove the Maintenance Cartridge Door from Right Cover o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor Removal ENWW Disassembly order 327 A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover
9. M N f Ww Q Q y M N Press w to confirm or to exit 94 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 3 The front panel displays the amount of memory installed Real memory size is the real size detected and Total memory size shows the rounded memory size Press OK to continue Electronics Module Real memory size 501 MB Total memory size 512 MB Press to continue 4 The front panel displays the name type and size of all the partitions on the Hard Disk Press OK to continue Electronics Module 120005544 DAF oJ 359055994 SDAS B3 5100637 4 DAS DJ 43046167 Press ok to continue 5 The front panel displays the name size and percentage used of the data and boot partitions on the Hard Disk Press OK to continue Electronics Module Device ik Blocks Used DAL 245076 1 DAB 11012056 11 SDA 35420004 1 SDAS 50205032 1 DAS 42369546 1 Press ok to continue 6 When the test is complete OK is displayed on the front panel Press OK to restart the printer Carriage Assembly test The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Carriage Assembly EY NOTE It possible always perform this test before replacing the Carriage Assembly If this test ENWW passes do not replace the Carriage Assembly Perform the Carriage Assembly test as follows 1 In the Diagnostics submenu select Carriage Assembly and press OK Diagnostics menu Scan Axis
10. Press k to continue 5 The front panel prompts you to put a sheet of blank paper under the Carriage which is already in the middle of the platen to perform the LED and sensor checks The paper should be large enough to cover the whole Carriage area Press OK to continue Carriage Assembly Put a piece of blank paper under the carriage 7 7 Q Q oe Press OK when done 7 96 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 6 The diagnostic checks the Carriage LEDs and sensors which can take a few minutes When the checks are done the front panel prompts you to remove the paper from under the Carriage Carriage Assembly Remove paper Press OK when done 7 When you see the message below open the Window open the Carriage Cover and re insert all the printheads Then close the Carriage Cover and the Window and press OK Carriage Assembly Please insert all pens Press m to continue If a printhead has not been correctly inserted the front panel reminds you to insert it Carriage Assembly Pen 1 not detected Please insert all pens Press to continue or amp to exit If you are sure that all printheads were correctly inserted before this message was displayed press Cancel the test ends and a system error message is displayed 8 When the printheads have been inserted some further checks are made When the tests are completed the following message is displayed Ca
11. Remove the Rear Door See Rear Door on page 344 Pe a Remove the Entry Platen See Entry Platen on page 349 ENWW Disassembly order 387 7 Insert the T 20 thin bladed torx screwdriver supplied with the replacement OMAS into the access hole at the rear of the printer 8 Loosen approximately two turns the T 20 screw which secures the OMAS horizontally to the printer 9 From the bottom of the printer loosen approximately two turns the T 20 screw which secures the OMAS vertically to the printer J J at i L O Q L 9 3 fe lt 2 388 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 10 Remove one T 15 screw Type P that secures the Center Platen Gear o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 389 13 Remove the small Gear from the printer J gt j D xe Q ei ba D 3 e lt Q 390 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 16 Remove the Gear Bracket from the printer O gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 391 19 Remove the Secondary Spittoon Blank Installation of the Foams Betore installing the Center Platen make sure you check the foams that are stuck on the Vacuum Beam These foams should ONLY be changed if they are damaged In the circumstance where they do need to be changed use the following illustrations to guide you J ay
12. Troubleshooting Printhead error codes The Printhead Error Codes can be found on the Service Information Print Setup Menu Information Menwu Internal Prints Print Service Information Current Information The actual error code is a decimal number and it has to be converted to a binary number before it can be used Current Printhead Kit Info 1 Warranty states Status Ermer 1D Code Product timber 1 Yellow See warranty note OK 0 CHE45A 2 Yellow See warranty note OK 0 CHE454 3 Cyan Magenta See warranty note OK 0 CHE46A 4 Cyan Magenta See warranty note OK 0 CHE45A 5 Matte black See warranty note OK 0 CHE48A 6 Matte black See warranty note OK 0 CHE43A 7 Dark Gray Gray See warranty note OK 0 CHE47A 8 Dark Gray Gray See warranty note OK t CHE47A In order to convert the decimal error code to a binary error code you can use a calculator For example if you had the error code 4099 you would enter 4099 as a decimal number and then select the binary option which would give you a binary number of 1000000000011 The following table explains the meaning of the different bits O or 1 When the value of the error code is reported as O it means that the Printhead is working correctly Bit Meaning Bit Meaning Is FAILS_LOGICAL_V 11 BAD_ACUMEN_ACCESS 2 FAILS_CONTINUITY J2 WRONG_MODEL grd SHUTDOWN 13 MISMATCH Ath FAILS_VPP 14 CSDATA_NOT_RESPONDING 5th TEMP_EXTREMELY_HIGH 15 CSDATA_TRANSMIT_ERROR 6th TEMP_EXTREMELY_LOW
13. a 2civeresccascsavseeaneanawetecnanneseaseanannacsenaaceaaetaetamasnnetsesaesarquetdoneusnesdaaess 87 Warranty information for ink supplies sssnsneesssinnessssiniussssrireessstrrirsssrrrirsrssrrirrrsrrrrrressrerrersn 87 5 Service tesis dna VINNES sorissaraenceni E 89 LEAS CGT e EAEE EE ET E tase EEE O E E E 90 Diagne icom a Fie e E A ee eee 90 Paone Upp nnn A EE E EE E E cde A 90 SE E EELE E E E T EE E A E E 90 Eniernng ine service Teds Moni eae ee a E 9 Se EE a T EE E E E N E E EE 107 O Service COlDrONONS seisine ENEE T 122 SN cae RE EA en A E N en a ee A E ee 123 Entering the Service Calibrations menu cccursnecesineyscuecatuesuencececbeoncacneusenececeseteaueaeecstenasstorseenees 124 T POVAN osrsca anaes apaecace sd aunsdeaneaaustecasead tui adeconsessceedensenesintessem a ntoienesontnaeeeaestnias 145 Initial printquality troubleshooting actions ccccccccecseeecceeee ese eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesseeeeeseesseeeeeeeessaeeeeees 146 Troupleshooting 1001S ep sec sencrcstaseteonnttn aeaee ai doses a a a a ie eneke 147 How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print ccccccccseececeeeeeeeeeesseeeeseeaaneeeeesaeeeess 151 Print quality issues by symptom sssnsssnusssnnssssinsssrirsssrirssrirsssrersrrrrssrrirsrrrrssrrersrrrrrsrrresrrrrssn 168 Working with other commercially available papers ccccccseeccccceeeseeeeeeeesseeeseeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaae ees 181 D Pan m a E T E N A 186 E TAA E E EEE E T A EE O T E A EN A TA
14. j D xe Q a D 3 e lt Q 364 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 10 Unroute the OMAS Cable from the Ferrite Core Installation A CAUTION Itis critical that the OMAS Cable is correctly positioned in the Vacuum Beam so that it does not cause physical interference to the Media Sensor The following illustration shows a cross section of the Vacuum Beam with the OMAS Cable correctly routed to avoid interference to the Media Sensor O gt Q E Q feel km Q Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 365 OMAS Cable OMAS Media Sensor A Before you can start to install the OMAS Cable you must first identify which end connects to which component The end of the cable that has the most perpendicular and diagonal folds is the end that connects to the OMAS with the blue reinforcing on the top The other end must be connected to the OMAS Controller Card with the blue reinforcing on the bottom OMAS OMAS Controller Card N J ma i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 366 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Position the OMAS Cable in the Vacuum Beam slot so that the blue reinforcement enters first 3 Carefully feed the OMAS cable through the Vacuum Beam sufficiently to have approximately 20 cm hanging from the OMAS installation position 4 Slide the Ferrite Core and its associated Attachment Plate on the top onto
15. media 36 inches wide by 42 inches long OMAS Blinking means that the red LED in the OMAS lens blinks ON OFF during paper advance when OMAS is operating is the media the list of non OMAS navigable a Replace the ertorm the Paper OMAS Advance Calibration Refer to chapter 4 ls fhe issue fixed CLOSE Launch the Visual Paper Advance pede a using HP Glossy er provided for the pod a oar page 195 for the details of the calibration ere Is an advance ISSUE ean OMA and reload the paper advance calibration adjustment Issue fixed NO OMAS Blinking ation Refer to YES NO eplace the OMAS Diagnostic using the Customer s NO j YES OMAS Blinking NO How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print B CLOSE 163 on om O o Ca S 2 ec Clean the paper advance sensor window The paper advance sensor is the very small rectangular window less than 1 square centimeter in size and shown in the graphic below found near the sixth platen roller from the right Very gently wipe off any dust and loosened ink deposits from the sensor window using a clean absorbent lint free cloth slightly dampened with isopropyl alcohol J ai p Q 2 z The user advance calibration If the paper does not advanced the correct distance between passes of the printhea
16. swpjBpip pup sping 206 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Covers and Sensors Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 Q5677 60022 Left Cover 2 Q5677 60023 Right Cover 3 Q5677 6001 1 Top Cover including Front Cover 4 Q5677 60004 Lower Front Cover 5 Q5677 60002 Tray Full and Media Sensor 6 Q5677 60001 Front Cover Sensor 7 Q5677 60019 Safety Temperature Sensor 8 Q5677 60018 Temperature Sensor 9 Q5677 60017 Pinchwheels 5 VN z 5 m D Ee Ee c 5 VN an im 5 A ENWW Stacker 207 Paper Trays Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure Q5677 60026 Receiving Paper Tray 2 Q5677 60027 Tray Extension J Q nt N e 5 Q Q Q ba Q 3 N 208 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Rollers and Transport Belt Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 Q5677 60020 Heat Roller Q5677 60040 Heating Lamp including 6 Springs 110 V 2 Heating Lamp including 6 Springs Q5677 60021 220 V 3 Q5677 60013 Output Roller 4 Q5677 60014 Input Roller 5 Q5677 60015 Transport Belt V z 5 ten D s Ee Ee c o V cy Eo 5 A ENWW Stacker 209 Roller Bushings Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure Roller Bushing Kit including Left Output Roller Bearing Left Input Roller Bearing Right Input Roller Bearing 2 Springs Circlip 1 Q5677 6003 1 J Q N Q 5 Q Q Q a Q
17. 7 Insert the T 20 thin bladed torx screwdriver into the access hole at the rear of the printer 8 Fully tighten the T 20 horizontal attachment screw which secures the OMAS to the printer 9 Clip the OMAS access cover back into place by sliding one edge of the cover into the slot and then applying enough pressure to it so you can clip it into the other slot O gt o E on eal Em e Q S ai S A 10 Calibrate the OMAS See OMAS Calibration on page 140 Interconnect PCA Removal ENWW Disassembly order 357 A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 2 Disconnect all cables from the Interconnect PCA 3 Remove five T 10 screws that secure the Interconnect PCA J gt j D xe Q a D 3 e lt Q 4 Remove the Interconnect PCA 358 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW EIO to PCA Interface Card Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Jetdirect Card if installed 2 3 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A _ E AG g i S se ii ENWW Disassembly order 359 4 Remove one T 10 screw Type I that secures the Interface Card 5 i HH ji iar Ath ihe ae wen a a y OMAS Controller Card Removal A WARNING Swit
18. Colors between different HP Designjets do not match If you print an image on two different printer models for instance on an HP Designjet T7100 printer series and an HP Designjet 4500 printer series the colors of the two prints might not match well ENWW Printquality issues by symptom 175 J ay f 2 2 lt Matching two printing devices that use different ink chemistry paper chemistry and printheads is unlikely to be completely successful Use the information provided here is to attempt to make one printer match another Print with PostScript drivers The situation describes printing with the PostScript driver installed for that printer In this example we are using an HP Designjet T7100 printer series and an HP Designjet 4500 printer series Ts 2 9 Check that both printers have the most recent firmware version Check that you have the most recent printer driver for both printers You can download the latest versions for any HP printer from http www hp com go designjet Make sure that color calibration is turned on On the front panel of the HP Designjet T7100 select the icon then Enable color calibration Load the printers with the same type of paper Check that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper that you have loaded Use your normal settings to print your image on the HP Designjet 4500 Now prepare to print the same image on the HP Designjet T7100 In your
19. El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 301 17 Disconnect the Trailing Cable trom the Carriage PCA J tema i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 302 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 20 Remove the Ink Supply Tubes from the Carriage Assembly and safely place to one side of the printer o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 303 23 Remove the ISS Shielding J gt j D xe Q mi ba 3 e lt Q 304 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 26 Disconnect the cable o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 305 29 Disconnect the Air Tubes from the Ink Cartridge Tube Connector 30 Twist the four latches at the rear of the Ink Cartridge Tube Connector and release the complete assembly E NOTE Be careful not to damage the interconnecting cable J gt j D xe Q a D 3 e lt Q 306 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 32 Remove the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable from the printer Installation of the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable EY NOTE After installing the new Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable make sure you perform the following Service Utility e Reset life counter scan cycles tubes cable Reset Life Counters on page 112 ISS to Cartridge Cables Removal A WARNING Swi
20. Maintenance Cartridge Use the Maintenance Cartridge to clean and maintain the Printheads ensure the best possible print quality and seal the Printheads when they are not in use to prevent them from drying out The Maintenance Cartridge for the color printer is the HP 761 Maintenance Cartridge part number CH649A the monochrome printer uses the HP 762 Maintenance Cartridge part number CM998A General information about the ink supplies For optimum results from the printer and modular ink delivery system always follow these guidelines when handling the ink supplies e Allow the printer and the Maintenance Cartridge to automatically clean the Printheads e Follow the instructions on the front panel of the printer during installation e Avoid unnecessary removal of the Ink Cartridges and Printheads e When turning off the printer always use the power Off button on the front panel The Printheads are then stored correctly which prevents them from drying out e The Ink Cartridges should never be removed while the printer is printing They should only be removed when the printer is ready for you to replace them The front panel will guide you through the removal and installation procedure r NOTE The expiration date for the Ink Cartridges Printheads and Maintenance Cartridge is printed on the packaging NOTE When reporting a system error code make sure that you supply the full error code and the firmware version Without this
21. O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 348 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove two T 15 screws from the Pinchwheel Double Lever then remove the Pinchwheel Double Lever Remove two T 15 screws from the Pinchwheel Double Lever support then remove the Pinchwheel Double Lever support 4 4 ha gA gt m e a eas PW Double Lever support PW Double Lever Entry Platen Removal 1 Remove the Left Rear Trim See Rear Trim Left on page 343 2 Remove the Right Rear Trim See Rear Trim Right on page 343 3 Remove the PW Cover gt See PW Cover on page 342 4 Disconnect two cables from the Entry Platen to the Interconnect PCA remove a T 15 screw from the Pinchwheel Double Lever and remove a T 15 screw from the PW Connecting Rod O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A ENWW Disassembly order 349 5 Disconnect the Media Sensor cable from the Entry Platen to the Interconnect PCA 6 Remove one T 20 screw on the right F 7 Put the PW Connecting Rod in this position in order to remove the Entry Platen more easily J tema i O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 350 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 8 Remove one T 20 screw on the left 9 Remove the Entry Platen Roller Guide with Mylar Removal 1 Remove the Entry Platen See Entry Platen on page 349 2 Remove two T 20 screws from the left sid
22. Pe pe Q E Q V an N SE 74 01 Cause Error uploading firmware update file Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Resend the firmware update file to the printer SE 75 21 10 Cause Total printer ink consumption reached upper limit Solution This is a continuable system error The customer may continue to print normally but may encounter print quality issues or ink buildups in the Service Station To avoid these problems it s best to apply Preventive Maintenance Kit 2 SE 76 03 Cause Hard Disk Drive out of space ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 71 Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e _ Resend the file to the printer e Remove any unnecessary files from the Hard Disk Drive using the Web Server e Ifthe problem persists perform Hard Disk Recovery see Hard Disk recovery on page 120 SE 77 04 Cause Embedded Web Server internal software error Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the printer has the latest firmware version If not update the firmware to the latest version SE 78 1 04 Cause
23. Return to default calibration seen below 3 if you would like to fine tune the calibration select the icon then Paper advance calibration gt Adjust paper advance 4 Select the percentage of change from 100 to 100 To correct light banding decrease the percentage To correct dark banding increase the percentage 5 Press the OK key on the front panel to save the value 6 Wait until the front panel displays the status screen and re print your print Return to default calibration Returning to the default calibration sets all the corrections made by the paper advance calibration to zero To return to the default paper advance calibration value you must reset the calibration 1 At the front panel select the icon then Paper advance calibration gt Reset paper advance 2 Wait until the front panel displays the operation has completed successfully before pressing the Back key to return to the main menu Visual paper advance plot The Visual Paper Advance Diagnostic prints a test plot to check that the paper advance is operating correctly The plot is accessible from Service Utilities submenu gt Diagnostic Print gt Others gt Visual Paper Advance Diagnostic menu option It consists of three plots printed at the left center and right of the paper These three plots are the same and contain seven numbered columns The following illustrations shows an example of the Visual Paper Advance Diagnostic plot ENWW How to
24. VW z 5 Ea D s Oo Oo c o N aan Ea 5 A ENWW Printer 195 J Q at N Q 5 Q Q Q Q 3 N Scan axis Assemblies 196 Number HP part number in figure 1 Q6651 60051 2 CQ109 67001 3 CQ105 67045 3 CQ101 67007 4 Q6651 60334 5 Q665 1 60336 6 CQ109 67004 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams Description Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor Kit Scan Axis Motor Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable for T7100 Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable for T7100 Monochrome Ink Supply Tubes Clips Rear Tube Shelf and Brackets Belt and Tensioner Assembly Cross reference Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 Scan Axis Motor on page 320 Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 Cutter Assembly on page 340 ENWW Drive Roller and Media axis Motor Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure CQ105 67053 Drive Roller Encoder Kit Scan Axis Motor on page 320 2 Q1273 60242 Drive Roller Gears and Drive Roller Drive Roller on bace 405 Brake Kit pag 3 Q1273 60039 Drive Roller Drive Roller on page 405 4 CQ105 67012 Media Axis Motor V z 5 im D s oO oO c o VN cy Eo 5 A ENWW Printer 197 J Q at N Q 5 Q Q Q Q 3 N Paper Path Assemblies Number HP par
25. e z i D Le e Q i Q D Len A Review the instructions identified by WARNING and CAUTION symbols before you service the printer Follow these warnings and cautions for your protection and to avoid damaging the printer A WARNING Serious shock hazard leading to death or injury may result if you do not take the following precautions e Ensure that the AC power outlet mains has a protective earth ground terminal e Switch the plotter off and disconnect it from the power source prior to performing any maintenance e Prevent water or other liquids from running onto electrical components or circuits or through openings in the module Electrostatic Discharge ESD Precautions ENWW Disassembly order 221 To prevent damage to the printer circuits from high voltage electrostatic discharge ESD 1 Do not wear clothing that is subject to static build up 2 Do not handle integrated circuits ICs in carpeted areas 3 Do not remove an IC or a printed circuit assembly PCA from its conductive foam pad or conductive packaging until you are ready to install it 4 Ground earth your body while disassembling and working on the printer 5 After removing a cover from the printer attach an earthing ground lead between the PCA common and earth ground Touch all tools to earth ground to remove static charges before using them on the printer 6 After removing any PCA from the printer place it on a conductive foam p
26. e Remove the Ink Cartridge and reinstall it into the printer e Replace the Ink Cartridge e Check that the ISS to Cartridge cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Ink Supply Tubes PCA e Replace the ISS to Cartridge cable gt ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 SE 26 5 01 Cause Bad contact detected in ISS slot 5 floater Solution Try the following operations on the Gray Cartridge T7100 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error e Remove the Ink Cartridge and reinstall it into the printer e Replace the Ink Cartridge e Check that the ISS to Cartridge cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Ink Supply Tubes PCA e Replace the ISS to Cartridge cable gt ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 W e3 Ee fe uv Lh fe Pe pe Q E Q V an N SE 27 1 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor performance of the Yellow Printhead T7100 or Matte Black Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 1 Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printheads and check their status SE 27 2 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor performance of the Yellow Printhead T7100 or Matte Black Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 2 Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printheads and check their status SE 27 3 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor
27. lt Q 272 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 12 Unclip the cable and disconnect the ferrite 14 Remove the spring that holds the Rewinder Drive and Smart Roll loading System Drive Motor Be careful not to lose the spring A Go gt Q z Q i sim pm Q i Q z he a ENWW Disassembly order 273 15 Remove two T 20 screws and washers Indexer and Right Slider Removal 1 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 2 Remove the rubber protector J gt j D xe Q a D 3 e lt Q 274 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove two I 15 screws 4 Remove the Indexer 5 Remove the Entry Platen See Entry Platen on page 349 6 Remove two T 8 screws that connect the Right Slider and the Smart Roll loading System Sensor to the Entry Platen O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A 7 Remove the Right Slider ENWW Disassembly order 275 Smart Roll loading System Damper Removal 1 Remove the Left Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Left on page 257 2 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 3 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 4 Remove the Smart Roll loading System Damper from both sides Smar
28. lt 8 0 Mean angle 111 1 2400 0 Press m to continue 18 The front panel confirms the success or failure of the calibration Press OK to continue Scan Calibration Pattern Diagnostic result OF Press ok to continue If the calibration fails for any reason try the following suggestions in order If one suggestion solves the problem there is no need to continue to the next 1 Repeat the OMAS Calibration process from the beginning 2 Replace the OMAS Sensor and repeat the calibration See Optical Media Advance Sensor QMAS on page 352 3 Replace the OMAS Controller Card and repeat the calibration gt See OMAS Controller Card on page 360 4 Replace the Media Axis Motor and repeat the calibration See Media Axis Motor on page 324 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW 7 Print quality e Initial print quality troubleshooting actions on page 146 e Troubleshooting tools on page 147 e How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print on page 151 e Print quality issues by symptom on page 168 e Working with other commercially available papers on page 181 a O o sjm S 2 ec ENWW 145 J ai p 2 2 lt Initial print quality troubleshooting actions For the majority of print quality problems a Call Agent can try to troubleshoot the printer by requesting that the customer performs the following troubleshooting actions Using this process most problems can resolved wit
29. n When the procedure is complete the printer shuts down 8 Refill the ink tubes see Refill ink tubes on page 99 Service Station test ENWW The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Service Station 1 In the Diagnostics menu scroll to Service Station and press OK Diagnostics menu Scan Axis E Paper Drive Electronics Module Carriage Assembly IDS Service Station m TSO Tafarmati nn 2 Within the Service Station submenu select the Service Station test Seryice Station e Service Station me Primer Motor Aerosol Fan Entering the Service Tests menu 101 y o a as V Q j 3 The front panel then prompts you to check the status of the printer Service Station Please check that Window cover closed L ver is Lowered SVS door closed Printheads are inserted Cartridges are inserted Press w to continue or to exit 4 Check that e The window is closed e _ The service station door is closed e The media lever is lowered e All printheads are inserted e All cartridges are inserted 5 Press OK to continue 6 The printer performs a series of movements numbered from 1 to 10 It takes about 2 minutes to perform all the movements Service Station Performing movements Step 1 of 10 7 The front panel asks if you want to cap the printheads Press OK to cap the service station or Cancel to leave the printheads
30. 343 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A 2 Detach the Right Cover slightly leaving a small gap 3 Remove two T 20 screws from the Right Rear Trim 4 Remove the Right Rear Trim J gt j g L Q gt LS 3 e lt Q Rear Door Removal 1 Remove the Right Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Right on page 235 2 Remove the Left Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Left on page 236 344 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW ENWW 3 Disconnect the Rear Door cable from the Interconnect PCA 4 5 Open the Rear Door Disassembly order 345 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A 6 Use a long screwdriver to remove two T 15 screws from the Right Plate Flange of the Rear Door 7 Remove the Rear Door Right Flange 8 Remove one T 15 screw from the PW Connecting Rod on the left of the Rear Door J gt j D Q ba 3 e lt Q 346 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 9 Detach the PW Connecting Rod 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 347 11 Remove the Rear Door E NOTE Be careful not to lose the spring Pinchwheel Lever Removal 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Left Rear Trim See Rear Trim Left on page 343 J tema i
31. OMAS Module communication failure Continuable and non continuable error codes 65 W Q Ee fe Uv ia e Pe pe Q E Q V an e Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the printer has the latest firmware version If not update the firmware to the latest version e Check that the OMAS Controller to OMAS Sensor cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the OMAS Controller Card and the OMAS Module e Replace the OMAS Module Optical Media Advance Sensor OMAS on page 352 SE 50 14 Cause Firmware version mismatch between the OMAS Controller Card and Hard Disk Drive Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the printer has the latest firmware version If not update the firmware to the latest version e Replace the OMAS Controller Card OMAS Controller Card on page 360 SE 50 2 10 Cause OMAS Controller Card communication failure Solution Try the following N lt VN f a 3 i ka fe gt A O Q M N e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the printer has the latest firmware version If not
32. Q ka D 3 e lt 2 434 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 5 To enable you to pass the Media Sensor through the hole in the chassis you have to push up the Media Jam Lever shown in green ow th yy iy 4 i Ps l 1 J be g i Y B a M a a 6 Carefully pass the Media Sensor out through the hole by slightly turning the sensor horizontally Extension Tray Removal O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 aes Ww 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable ENWW Extension Tray 435 2 Make sure the Extension Tray is in the Up position 3 Remove one wing screw from each side of the Extension Tray 4 Pull out the Extension Tray F N Q e o g ba O Q e ka M 3 e lt 2 436 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 5 Remove the Extension Tray Receiving Tray Removal 1 Remove the Extension Tray Extension Tray on page 435 2 Remove two screws and a bearing from each side of the stacker Er NOTE The stacker has only one spring here and not two as shown in these illustrations 3 Loosen two wing screws each side of the stacker o gt O z D dea as oy 5 a 2a T X 5 sim N ENWW Receiving Tray 437 4 Pull out each side of the Receiving Tray ry A E NOTE When removing and installing the Receiving
33. Replace 4 Reseat 8 Remove e Ink Used Percentage of the warranty life 1200 ml ENWW How to interpret the Service Information Pages 25 e Error Code Specific error code generated by the printer when the Printhead has been replaced e Max Recovery 0 No manual Printhead recovery has been performed on the Printhead 1 or higher At least one Printhead recovery has been performed Calibration status This page contains the following information e General Calibrations performed by Service Engineers e Media Specific Calibrations performed by the User Current configuration Current inftopmspen Usage mipnrmeiren Teme f Calibration status Popiectivay configurata ti pa Calibration Status Date 26 Sep 10 Product HP Designjet T7100ps Serial Number MY9B309003DC42 Firmware dragon Product number CQ105A Service ID 2091 Printer status MK cartridge is missing a se Z M N gt O Q e cc General Calibrations Printhead alignment done Drop Detector calibration done Line Sensor calibration not done Media s pecific Calibrations Backlit Material NIA Default Plain Paper NIA OK Sep 21 2010 Recycled Bond Paper WA Recommended HP Bright White Inkjet Paper WA Recommended Heavyweight Coated Paper Recommended Default Transparent Clear Film N A Defautt Photo Gloss Paper Recommended Default Bright White Bond Paper WA Recommended Matte Film N A Default Photo Se
34. See Service Station on page 243 5 Remove four T 15 screws Type G that secure the Aerosol Fan to the Service Station J tema i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 252 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Remove the Aerosol Fan from the Service Station 7 f necessary remove the Aerosol Fan Filter from the Aerosol Fan Installing When the new aerosol Fan and Filter have been installed it is important to check that the fan is funcioning correctly otherwise the printer will suffer from Aerosol spray To check that the fan is working correctly make sure the printer is printing and check for airflow in the area of the rear of the Service Station EOE i TA ea ee a F mm EP NEW LE m aar a w F B O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A Drop Detector Removal ENWW Disassembly order 253 A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Disconnect the Drop Detector Cable from the Service Station Cable J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 254 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 5 Lift the Primer and hold it as high as possible to avoid damaging it when you move the Carriage Assembly in the next step 6 Slide the Carriage Assembly leftwards into the print path so that you can reach the Drop Detector 7 Remove one T
35. Smart Rollloading System Door Arms on page 268 Rewinder Gear and Motor on page 270 Indexer and Right Slider on page 274 Smart Rollloading System Damper on page 276 Smart Roll loading System Door Switch on page 276 Hub Left and Roll Support on page 277 Smart Rollloading System Door on page 280 Disassembly order 219 O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q sjm i A e Carriage on page 282 e Carriage PCA on page 289 e Carriage Flex Cables on page 291 e Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 e Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 e Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 e ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 e Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 e Cartridge Tray on page 313 e APS Assembly on page 314 e Scan Axis Motor on page 320 e Media Axis Motor on page 324 e Maintenance Cartridge Door on page 327 e Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor on page 327 e Media Deflector on page 328 e Output Platen on page 329 e Deflector and Stacker Switch on page 333 e Trim Right on page 333 e Trim Left on page 334 e Media Sensor on page 336 e Smart Roll loading System Cosmetic Sheet Metal and Separator on page 337 e Belt Assembly on page 338 e Window Position Sensor on page 338 e Cutter Assembly on page 340 e PW Cover on page 342 J a mgs 1 O Q ba M 3 fe lt 2 e Rear Trim Left on page 343 e Rear Trim Right on page 343 e Rear Door on page 344 e Pi
36. aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 371 9 Unclip the Main PCA Formatter Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable A CAUTION Do not remove the Fan or the Processor located under the Fan from the Formatter The Fan and the Processor are part of the Formatter support part and should be replaced as one assembly 1 Remove the EIO to PCI Interface Card See EIO to PCA Interface Card on page 359 2 Remove the Main PCA See Main PCA on page 369 J ma g O Q ai ba g 3 e lt 2 3 Remove the OMAS Controller Card See OMAS Controller Card on page 360 372 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Disconnect all cables connected to the Formatter 5 Cc sf Cc D Cc 2 e Fy i Q j rer HD Yer 6 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 373 7 Remove the Formatter from the printer Installation First locate the Formatter on the plastic locating pin then install the screws Hard Disk Drive HDD Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable amp NOTE You must never replace both the Hard Disk Drive and the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable at the same time If both parts need to replaced you must first replace one part and then power on the printer until it initializes completely Then you can power off the printer and replace the other
37. and Calibrations e Reset life counter Carriage ME Reset Life Counters on page 112 e Drop Detector Calibration Drop Detector calibration on page 127 J gt j D Q gt D 3 e lt Q Line Sensor Calibration Line Sensor calibration on page 129 288 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Carriage PCA Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Press the two side of the Carriage PCA Cover and unclip from the FPCA ENWW Disassembly order 289 O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 4 Use a flat bladed screwdriver to release the ALL the clips securing the Carriage Flex Cables to the Carriage Assembly by pulling upwards J ma i O Q ai L i 3 e lt 2 290 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 7 Push inwards the four clips that secure the Carriage PCA 8 Remove the Carriage PCA from the printer EY NOTE Once you have installed a new Carriage PCA you must perform the following steps to ensure that the printer will function correctly 1 Turn on the printer 2 Install the Printheads 3 Reset life counter Carriage PCA Reset Life Counters on page 112 Carriage Flex Cables Removal O gt se E Q i nim be Q i Q ase Le A A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove t
38. bit but you should also check to make sure the Aerosol Fan is operating correctly Working with other commercially available papers ENWW This section provides a quick reference guide to selecting the correct settings in the printer so that the printer acheives the best possible image quality when using a paper type that does not come from HP For papers available in the market from sources other than HP please refer to the information in Tables 1 2 and 3 in order to choose the correct category Table 1 defines the print characteristics used in Tables 2 and 3 Working with other commercially available papers 181 on om o gt o Ca S D amp a For optimum results first load the paper with the recommended settings then calibrate and profile the paper To create an ICC profile there are two different options e Profile the paper using the HP Color Center e Use an alternative profile often available from the paper s manufacturer Selecting the correct paper presets Table 1 defines the print characteristics used in Table 2 Other Commercially available Paper Print Characteristics and Table 3 Original HP Printing Material Print Characteristics Table 1 Definition of Print Characteristics Paper Type The name displayed in the driver and the front panel the English version Printing Black Photo Black P Matte Black M Light Gray lg This setting indicates which inks are used when printing black e All black i
39. e The user advance calibration on page 164 e Visual paper advance plot on page 165 e Interpreting plot results on page 166 ENWW How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 151 What is the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print The printer contains a series of internal image quality tests that help you to diagnose image quality defects These tests are available from the Service Utility menu and are come in several categories e Printhead reliability tests To identify which Printhead is faulty e Printhead alignment tests To check any color to color and bi directional misalignment the printer may have e Printheads and paper advance tests To check whether the Printheads and the paper advance mechanism are working correctly The following diagnostic prints are available 1 Image Quality Service Best This plot helps you to diagnose in more detail the possible source of any image quality defects J ay p 2 2 lt 2 Image Quality Service Normal This plot is the same as the Image Quality Service Best Plot but uses the Normal print mode and does not contain the Printhead Alignment test This plot can be used to find banding that would be hidden if the Best plot was used 3 Image Quality Service Fast This plot is the same as the Image Quality Service Best Plot but uses the Fast print mode and does not contain the Printhead Alignment test This plot can be used to find banding that would be hidden if
40. in the following order empty yellow 1 empty yellow 2 magenta 1 cyan 1 magenta 2 cyan 2 matte black 1 matte black 1 matte black 2 matte black 2 light grey 1 dark grey 1 light grey 2 dark grey 2 The T7100 Monochrome status code should be ignored closed loop color calibration is not available for this printer Each digit can take one of the following values e 0 no data or error e 1 corrections OK e 2 corrections at risk level 1 e 3 corrections at risk level 2 a k O o sjm S 2 amp If all digits are O color calibration is pending for this paper type In this case perform color calibration If you see 3 anywhere the corrections are out of the expected range Try repeating the color calibration If the problem persists replace the affected printhead s How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print e What is the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print on page 152 e Considerations for printing the Diagnostic Print on page 152 e Printing the Image Quality Service Print on page 153 e Diagnostic Part 1 Printhead Problems on page 153 e Diagnostic Part 2 Alignment test on page 155 e Diagnostic Part 3 Printheads and paper advance test on page 156 e No printing defects found in the diagnostic print on page 157 e Force drop detection on page 160 e Disable Paper Advance Sensor on page 161 e Fix paper advance issues on page 161 e Clean the paper advance sensor window on page 164
41. mM Language English Virtual Memory 32 0 GB Disk capacity 160 0GB Physical Memory 768 MB RAM Current Temperature 27 5 C 2 C Paper Path Roll1 Paper Loaded Status 65 Out of paper Paper Path Roll2 Paper Loaded Status 9 Standby Media Type Plain Paper Media Width 610 mm 24 0 inches Media Length not available Paper Path Roll3 Paper Loaded Status 65 Out of paper O Current Printhead Kit Info 1 Cc Warranty status Status Error 10 Code Product Number om 1 Yellow See warranty note OK 0 CHB45A z 2 Yellow See warranty note OK 0 CHE45A 3 Cyan Magenta See warranty note OK 0 CHE46A 4 Cyan Magenta See warranty note OK 0 CHE46A Bi 5 Matte black See warranty note OK D CH648A O 6 Matte black See warranty note OK 0 CHE484 7 Dark Gray Gray See warranty note OK 0 CHE47A o 8 Dark Gray Gray See warranty note OK 0 CHE47A mja o Current Printhead Kit Info ii Product tame Senal Humber Warranty Date Lo 1 Yellow HP 761 4 1 5778130 31 2009 20110805 2 Yellow HP 761 4 4 5778127 31 2009 20110805 3 Cyan Magenta HP 761 4 1 5223728 27 2009 20110708 4 Cyan Magenta HP 761 4 1 5223718 27 2009 20110708 5 Matte black HP 761 4 1 5434073 28 2009 20110715 6 Matte black HP 761 4 1 5434043 28 2009 20110715 7 Dark Gray Gray HP 761 4 1 8718117 31 2009 20110805 8 Dark Gray Gray HP 761 4 1 5718105 31 2009 20110805 Used noreiP ink 1 Yellow false true 315 mi 26 2 Yellow false true 316 mi 26 3 Cyan Magenta false tru
42. select the icon then Ink cartridge information In the Ink Cartridge Information submenu scroll to the Ink Cartridge on which you want information and press OK The front panel displays information on the selected Ink Cartridge You can use the UP and DOWN keys to scroll through the information Color Yellow a Product name HP Product number CS9469A4 Serial number 1187880 36 Status OK Expiration date Mar 26 2009 Warranty status In warranty Manufacturer HP Pynirsation date Mar 96 The information supplied is The color of the Ink Cartridge The product name The product number of the Ink Cartridge The serial number of the Ink Cartridge The current status of the Ink Cartridge The current ink level of the ink cartridge in milliliters Original capacity of the ink cartridge in milliliters The warranty status of the Ink Cartridge The manufacturer of the Ink Cartridge HP is recommended The expiration date of the Ink Cartridge Obtaining Printhead information P 2 ENWW At the front panel select the icon then Printhead information In the Printhead Information submenu scroll to the Printhead on which you want information and press OK Obtaining Ink Cartridge information 81 3 The front panel displays information on the selected printhead Y printhead 2 Color Yellow Product name HP 761 Product number CHe45A Serial number 4 2 9858e 86 15 z010 status OF Ink fired 5
43. t 0 6 to 0 7 mm t 0 6 to 0 7 mm Example defective nozzle plot This example is caused by a defective nozzle so there is no issue with the paper advance ENWW How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 167 J ai p 2 2 lt 0 6 to 0 7 mm t t 0 6 to 0 7 mm Print quality issues by symptom This section describes the common symptoms seen and how to solve the issues There is banding in the image If banding does not occur in ALL the colors then it is probably a printhead problem In this case try the following 1 Check that the appropriate print quality settings are being used Recover the printheads using the option through the Front Panel icon then Clean printheads Reprint the Diagnostic Print or the print file and if the problem persists replace the faulty Printhead If banding does occur in ALL the colors then it is probably a paper advance problem e Ifthe bands are light it means that the paper has advanced too much e Ifthe bands are dark it means that the paper hasn t advanced enough e In high quality modes graininess in ALL colors can indicate problems either with alignment or paper advance In order to solve any of these problems try the following 1 Check that the appropriate print quality settings are being used 2 Check that the loaded paper is the same type as selected in the printer Check this through the front panel at the front panel select the icon th
44. 187 viii A SESE ease steepness ste E EE N E EE else EEN T EE 205 9 Printer part removal and installation cccccccscscccscscccscsccccccscccccscscscscscscscscsssssces 215 E Pa IT eE E E E EE E AE TEO EEEN E A IEE EEE 216 SSS SiN Order moriron erin E E E on E E A E A 219 10 Stacker part removal and installation ccccccccccsscsccssccscscscscscscecccscscesscscscsscscsees 412 RONG OVET ee E E E E ee AA eee 413 lei C OVE eect reed E E A E EAA E E E ES 415 TOD G OVET manar e E A E E E E E E E E tones 416 kowar rOn E OVS r A E A E A E E E E 419 PING MW ENGEIS acora E E A E EE E E E 424 Do MOO ee E E E E A E E E ETEEN 425 PONE COVE ESOT serar oa a N E E E E A E E AE E E EEE 427 Safety Temperature Sensor s nn sssssanursssiieiessssrrrsssrtrrirssrsrirssssrrrrssssrrrsssssrrrirsrnsreressssreres 429 Tempar S O T A e N e E E ice ualnnesnmeeunnett 431 Neoinean A ieee E E E cise aeanaasenetoeuareeatoeaceoseanepass 433 F LlEnSion OY aneo e E E E EEAS 435 Keco OY ee E A EN E E A EE A EE E E E 437 E E E E EE E E EA NSE 438 Paper Infeed Platen apse stcnczsctaceatcenttarcsnesnicerteanisansadeta cians iceananndar ecinad araaenbeeseeuaaneeboeratoeats 440 FNS RG PCA acs cetese A E E decorate E 441 Powar PP O r E E E A E E A EAE 444 FICCI KA na a E E E E A O toene 448 PEGER ONET sirena E E E EEEE E E A E A 452 Tan pon DoI er a a E E E E 454 11 Preventive maintenant sssssccssssscusesivesscveseseseesensepensanscansenaussaaussnsave
45. 2 driver you can reduce the resolution so that the whole image requires fewer than 32 768 pixels The Windows driver includes an option called 16 bit App Compatibility which reduces the resolution automatically The option is on the Advanced tab under Document Options gt Printer Features e Save the file in another format such as TIFF or EPS and open it in another program e Use aRIP to print the file The image is in one portion of the printing area e Inthe software have you selected a page size that is too small e Does your software read the image as being in one portion of the page 178 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW The image is unexpectedly rotated On the front panel select the icon and then select Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Rotate Check that the setting is what you wanted For non PostScript files if Nesting is On pages are sometimes automatically rotated to save paper The print is a mirror image of the original On the front panel select the icon and then select Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Enable mirror image Check that the setting is what you wanted The print is distorted or unintelligible e The interface cable that is connecting your printer to your network or fo your computer might be faulty Try another cable On the front panel select the icon and then select Printing preferences gt Select graphics language If the language setting is Automati
46. 22 M The purpose of this Service Utility is to securely erase data on the Hard Disk according to the directive DoD 5220 22 M The printer s hard disk is used as a temporary storage area for print jobs The Secure Disk Erase facility can completely erase your information from the hard disk to protect it from unauthorized access Secure Disk Erase provides three different levels of security e Insecure Mode All pointers to the information are erased The information itself remains on the hard disk until the disk space it occupies is needed for other purposes and it is then overwritten While it remains on the disk it is difficult for most people to access but may be accessed using software designed for the purpose This is the normal method in which files are erased on most computer systems it is the fastest method but the least secure This is the default security level when using Secure Disk Erase e 1 Pass Mode All pointers to the information are erased and the information itself is also overwritten with a fixed character pattern This method is slower than Insecure Mode but more secure It may still be possible to access fragments of the erased information by using special tools to detect residual magnetic traces e 5 Pass Mode All pointers to the information are erased and the information itself is repetitively overwritten using an algorithm designed to eliminate any residual traces This is the slowest method but the most secu
47. 3 VN 210 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Drive Motor Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure Q5677 60016 Drive Motor Assembly including Gear and O ring VN z 5 im D Ee Ee c 5 VN an im 5 A ENWW Stacker 211 Electronics Module Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure Electronics Module Assembly 220 V Q5677 60012 not including Main PCA or Power Supply Unit Electronics Module Assembly 110 V Q5677 60039 not including Main PCA or Power Supply 2 Q5677 60033 Main PCA 3 Q5677 60032 Power Supply Q5677 60035 Fuse 220 V 4 Q5677 60038 Fuse 110 V 5 CQ742 67003 Data Cable 6 Q5677 60029 Cables Assembly J Q at N Q 5 Q Q Q Q 3 VN 212 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Input Trays Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure Q5677 60009 Input Platen 2 Q5677 60005 Lower Input Platen 3 Q5677 60006 Right Printer Interlock 4 Q5677 60007 Left Printer Interlock 5 Q5677 60010 Deflectors 6 Q5677 60008 Buffer Sensor SS gt st ne lt S t n VN z 5 im D Ee Ee c 5 VN cy the 5 A ENWW Stacker 213 Miscellaneous Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 Q5677 60030 Packaging 2 Q5677 60034 Setup Screws 3 Q5677 60041 Heating Tube Covers Heating Tube Cover J Q at N Q 5 Q Q Q Q 3 N 214 Chapter 8 Parts and diagram
48. 41 What to do if the front panel is blank esicsecnenentnonnannddewnendonnasnseadenaabnantelacsosiuentsnndaiateneenonmtnneimemsces 42 System Eror GOCE S serapi ier EEEE EE E E E OAE E A O 42 Explanation of system error codes and warnings ssssceccececeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaasaeeeees 42 Continuable and non continuable error codes ccccccesseeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesueeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeegaas 45 A I SUDON S ura T T 76 WG Cire ink SUD OMS sorsero R NE E A E 77 General information about the ink supplies ccccceceecccccccee ee eecececesseeeeececeeseseeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 79 General precautions when handling ink supplies ccccceeeecccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeaaaees 79 Pinta NG Ne E Sy SLOT ogee aateciaecacienesaceneanesanaeneneoesceaesc E desta E E eesoaenesee 80 When should you replace the ink supplies ccecccccceeeccece ee eeeeeseeeeceeseeeeseeseeeeeeesaeseeeeaaeeeeeaas 80 Obtaining Ink Cartridge information iss causecetvcinstabvnndtaremneaddarletnnsdnintvegdiventncivobeesiaedasancdeotemleidees 8 Obiaining Printhead informalo ects ceccnreenesnrcesancesntenssuetaacasas SP E S aE Ee EREN 8 Summary of solving ink supplies problems cccccccccceceee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeseeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeaaas 85 Troubleshooting Printhead error codes hoes keinceadeeteeaed cen eidecnsenesinaeeeloonetehvedipel ciesedetedatedioncccesdude 86 Carriage Interconnect Wiper
49. 5 sim N ENWW Electronics PCA 441 3 Pull the Electronics Module down N p Q A o 9 O Q ka 9 3 e lt 2 442 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 6 Disconnect all cables from the Electronics PCA o gt O z D dea as oy 5 a 2a T X Q 5 sim N ENWW Electronics PCA 443 9 Remove the Electronics PCA Power Supply Unit Removal 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable 2 Remove six screws that secure the top of the Electronics Module to the chassis N f Q A o i a O Q ai ka i 3 e lt a 444 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 4 Remove eight screws that secure the Electronics Module Cover ri See t a 5 Remove the Electronics Module Cover a 6 Disconnect brown and blue cables H1 and H2 from the Electronics PCA O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim N ENWW Power Supply Unit 445 7 Disconnect the cable connecting the Power Supply Unit to the Electronics PCA 8 Remove the blue and brown cables from the cable clamp on the Power Supply Unit Er iriad A a ip f F rh PeT E eet N f Q A o i ka O Q ai ka i 3 fe lt a 446 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW ENWW 10 Remove the two cables E
50. 8 10 Cause Paper jam detected in stacker paper jam sensor not activated Solution Try the following e Open stacker window and remove paper e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 39 1 01 2 Cause Unable to load roll 1 from standby parking position roll mispositioned Solution Roll 1 has been unloaded Reload it and check that the paper is correctly aligned with the hubs ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 6 SE 39 2 01 2 Cause Unable to load roll 2 from standby parking position roll mispositioned Solution Roll 2 has been unloaded Reload it and check that the paper is correctly aligned with the hubs SE 39 2 01 2 Cause Unable to load roll 3 from standby parking position roll mispositioned Solution Roll 3 has been unloaded Reload it and check that the paper is correctly aligned with the hubs SE 39 1 01 3 Cause Unable to load roll 1 from standby parking position paper edges were not found Solution Roll 1 has been unloaded Reload it SE 39 2 01 3 Cause Unable to load roll 2 from standby parking position paper edges were not found Solution Roll 2 has been unloaded Reload it SE 39 2 01 3 Cause Unable to load roll 3 from standby parking position paper edges were not found Solution Roll 3 has been unloaded Reload it N lt N f g 3 i ka fe L A O Q M N SE 40 03 Cause Smart Roll loading System Motor shutdown Solut
51. ENWW 8 Disconnect the power supply cable from the Formatter D c Dec Jm Dec Go gt Q z Q i sim pm Q i Q z he a ENWW Disassembly order 379 11 Disconnect the cable and pass it through the hole J gt j D xe Q ba 3 e lt Q 380 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 14 Remove the Power Supply Unit from the printer PrintMech PCA Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Lett Connector Cover See Connector Cover Left on page 236 2 Remove three T 20 screws that secure the PSU Cover 3 Remove the PSU Cover from the printer o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 381 4 Remove two T 20 screws from the PrintMech Cover 6 Disconnect all cables from the PrintMech PCA J gt j D xe Q ba 3 e lt Q 382 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 7 Remove five T 10 screws Type I that secure the PrintMech PCA 8 Remove the PrintMech PCA from the printer Formatter Battery Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Jetdirect Card if installed 2 gt O z Q i a p O Q he Q a i a ENWW Disassembly order 383 2 Remove three T 20 screws that secure the Formatter cover A 4 Remove the EIO to PCA Inter
52. Embedded Web Server or the HP Utility 2 If step 1 did not resolve the issue you can use Service Tools to clear additional information that could be causing the issue a Start the printer in Diagnostics Boot Mode b Perform an EEROM reset oo O O lt W 2 0 Yen 3 If step 2 did not resolve the issue it is possible to clear all the information on the hard disk and the different EEROMs leaving them as they were when the printer was new a Access the Service Utilities Menu b In the Secure Disk Wipe menu set the Sanitize level to Insecure mode c Execute the disk wipe This will clear all partitions on the hard disk that contain customer data including the partition in which the operating system is installed Atter the disk wipe has completed a backup firmware version will automatically be installed from a backup partition to allow the printer to start up This backup firmware is a very old version d The firmware in the printer should be updated to the latest official version as soon as the printer has restarted After step c any 79 04 which is caused by corrupt data in the printer will be solved EY NOTE It is possible that the corrupt data came to be in the printer as a consequence of some activity in the customer s workflow In this case it is possible that the issue will happen again In these cases it is very important to understand the sequence of events in the customer s
53. Information Enable I 0 interfaces Unit Information Hard Disk Recovery File System Check Front Panel Lock Reset 2 The printer starts to initialize and the front panel displays the following messages e Starting Nym e Getting FW version e Getting Serial Number e Getting Part Number If there is a failure at this point the Front Panel will display System Error Code 79 03 For more information on troubleshooting this error code see SE 79 03 on page 72 e Getting PS Language if the PostScript accessory is installed If there is a failure at this point the front panel will display an error y Oo a E y Q j ENWW Entering the Service Tests menu 105 M N f Ww Q Q y M N 3 Once the unit information is obtained it is displayed on the front panel Press OK to exit Unit Information Firmware KHN 1 6 6 1 Serial number MYS9SF 9 2Hked2 Part number COLA94 PS type Roman Press ok to continue 4 Once the process is completed OK is displayed on the front panel Electronics Module Diagnostic result OF Press m to restart EEROM Reset The purpose of this diagnostic is to reset the EEROM values E amp Y NOTE Once the EEROM has been reset the printer will act as if it is being started for the first time except that the Ink Supply Tubes have already been primed Pertorm an EEROM Reset as follows 1 In the Service Tests submenu
54. Pattern Load sheet Refer to Service Manual Press o to continue or to exit Entering the Service Calibrations menu 141 Ta i a A D A Q zE Q O 5 L 6 Open the printer s rear door 7 Insert the bottom of the OMAS Calibration Pattern sheet into the printer as shown 8 Insert the top of the sheet between the roller and the metal guide until it reaches the platen Mtiti 142 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW 9 Align the sheet with the blue line and the cutter guide to avoid skew 7 c e p a rel E v gt re N 10 Close the window 11 Check that the paper is unwrinkled 12 Close the rear door 13 Press OK at the front panel to continue the process 14 The printer checks the paper edges Scan Calibration Pattern Checking paper 15 Press OK at the front panel to proceed with the scan Scan Calibration Pattern Preparing to scan Press w to continue or to ext 16 The printer scans the OMAS Calibration Pattern which could take several minutes Scan Calibration Pattern Scanning pattern ENWW Entering the Service Calibrations menu 143 7 gt k a A Q T Q y O L 144 17 When the calibration has finished the front panel displays the results In the example below each value passes the test Press OK to continue Scan Calibration Pattern Test passed Test Results Correlation 8 stdDey Error 6 4
55. Q ka 9 3 e lt 2 420 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 8 Disconnect the cable on the left of the Power Supply Unit by pushing down with an Allen key and releasing the cable O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e ENWW Lower Front Cover 421 11 Pull the cable from the Lower Front Cover on the left side of the stacker N Q A o D ka O Q ka D 3 e lt a 422 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 14 Slide down the right side of the Electronics Module f e a e E e a 16 Remove two screws that secure the Lower Front Cover from the left side of the stacker O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e ENWW Lower Front Cover 423 17 Remove the Lower Front Cover Pinchwheels Removal 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable 2 Open the Front Cover ae n ara a 3 Loosen one screw on the left side of the Pinchwheel N f Q A o i a O Q ai ka i 3 e lt a 424 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 4 Loosen one screw on the right side of the Pinchwheel 6 Drive Motor Removal 1 Remove the Right Cover Right Cover on page 413 o gt O z D dea as oy 5 a 2a T X Q 5 sim N ENWW Drive Motor 425 2 Discon
56. Right on page 223 2 Disconnect the Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor cable 3 Release one T 10 screw that attaches the Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor assembly to the printer 4 Remove the Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor assembly from the printer J a ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 Media Deflector Removal 328 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove two T 20 screw Type B that secures the Media Deflector that needs to be replaced 2 Remove the Media Deflector slide upwards first from the printer Output Platen Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Open the Window O gt se z Q i nim Le e Q i Q aan Le A ENWW Disassembly order 329 2 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 3 e OKO afer 4 J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q 330 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 5 Disconnect the sensor cable O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 331 8 Remove a T 10 and a T 15 screw with washer from the left of the Output Platen 9 Release the clips on the left and right hand sides of the Front Platen 10 Pull out the left side of the Output Platen J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2
57. Roll 3 e Roll switching policy Minimize paper waste e Paper mismatch policy Print anyway for workgroups and Put job on hold or Pause printer to load paper for centralized printing e Protect roll 3 to avoid printing with glossy paper unless the roll or paper type has been explicitly selected 4 The same setup as example 3 This time the customer does not want to waste paper but he does not want the printer to stop if the document size does not match the paper size e Roll switching policy Match exact size e Paper mismatch policy Put job on hold 5 The same setup as example 3 This time the customer is not concerned about wasting paper and he does not want the printer to stop e Roll switching policy Minimize paper waste e Paper mismatch policy Print anyway 6 Working with HP IP Pro This is a solution specifically designed for centralized environments managed by an operator With HP IP the jobs to be printed are selected one by one previewed and assigned to a specific roll to print So no automatic roll selection is used in this case When a roll is out of paper the queue stops waiting for the operator to load paper to ensure correct page order Roll switching policy Paper mismatch policy Result Match exact size Print anyway Prints always If the loaded paper is narrower than the document to be printed the document is clipped Put job on hold Puts the job on hold if the document width does not match any of the l
58. Roll loading System Cosmetic Sheet Metal and Separator Removal Remove the Left Hub and Roll Support See Hub Left and Roll Support on page 277 Ta 2 Remove five T 8 screws 337 Disassembly order ENWW 3 Remove the Cosmetic Sheet Metal and Separator Belt Assembly Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Left Cover See Cover Left on page 226 3 Remove the Top Cover gt See Cover Top on page 229 4 Remove the Encoder Strip gt See Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 5 Remove the Carriage Assembly See Carriage on page 282 6 Release the Belt from the bottom of the Carriage Assembly EY NOTE After installing the new Belt Assembly make sure you perform the following Service Utility e Reset lite counter scan cycles belt Reset Life Counters on page 112 J ma i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 Window Position Sensor Removal 338 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Left Cover gt See Cover Lett on page 226 3 Remove a 7 8 screw from the Window Position Sensor 9 4 Disconnect and remove the Window Position Sensor 5 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading
59. Station ISS on page 309 Cartridge Tray Upper Ink Supply Station for T7100 3 CQ101 67006 Monochrome without APS Assembly but Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 including Cartridge Tray 4 Q1273 60245 ISS to Cartridge Cable N A APS Assembly for T7100 includes Ars Assembly on page 914 5 CQ105 67050 Pimp Holder and Reich Valve APS Assembly on page 314 APS Assembly for T7100 Monochrome z z Shon includes Pump Holder and Relief Valve BES Assembiyion pagsala 6 Q665 1 60326 Internal Secondary Spittoon Q6651 60315 Left Scan axis Bracket J Q at N Q 5 Q Z Q Q Q 3 N 194 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Carriage Assembly Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 60130 Line Sensor Assembly Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 i 9 CQ105 67053 ode aarde encoder sil Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 3 CQ109 67011 Carriage Assembly Carriage on page 282 4 CH955 67007 Cutter Assembly Cutter Assembly on page 340 s Q6651 60341 Carriage Stopper includes Carriage Carriage on page 282 Stopper Screw and Media Axis Motor Bracket 6 Q665 1 60337 Carriage Flex Cables Carriage Flex Cables on page 291 7 CQ109 67034 Carriage PCA for T7100 Carriage PCA on page 289 7 CQ101 67011 Carriage PCA for T7100 Monochrome Carriage PCA on page 289 8 Q6651 60335 Setup Printhead Kit a Includes Line Sensor Holder and Cable b Does not include Carriage PCA or Encoder Sensor
60. The LEDs can either be on or off different combinations can indicate different problems The following image shows the three Formatter LEDs which are numbered from the top down number at the top number II in the middle number Ill at the bottom Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW ENWW Use the following table to interpret the LEDs and find the source of the problem Remember that you should read these LEDs when you push the Power button Some combinations may require you to replace two or more components In this case always replace one component at a time Test the printer to see if the problem has disappeared check the LEDs again If the same LED sequence continues replace the next component indicated in the table Formatter Formatter Formatter Front li LED lll LED panel status Problem and recommendations The printer is not receiving electrical power 1 Ensure that the printer is connected to the power outlet Ensure that the outlet delivers the expected power Replace the Power Supply Unit The Power key fails to turn on the printer 1 Turn the printer off using the switch at the rear and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer using the switch at the rear If the problem persists replace the Front Panel How to read the Formatter LEDs 17 O c p O fe lt VN in 2 fe Se a Formatter Formatter Formatter Front P
61. Tray make sure you do not damage the Media Sensor 5 Remove the Receiving Tray Printer Interlocks Removal 1 Remove the Right Cover Right Cover on page 413 2 Remove the Left Cover Left Cover on page 415 N f Q e o i a 5 Q ai ka i 3 fe lt a 438 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove two screws that secure each side of the two Printer Interlocks r O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e ENWW Printer Interlocks 439 6 Disconnect the cable from the Right Printer Interlock E NOTE Only the Right Printer Interlock contains a sensor and cable When reinstalling the Printer Interlocks make sure they are installed in the same position as when they were removed Paper Infeed Platen Removal 1 Remove the Printer Interlocks Printer Interlocks on page 438 2 Remove three screws that secure the right side of the Paper Infeed Platen N f Q A o i gt O Q ai ka i 3 e lt a 440 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove three screws that secure the left side of the Paper Inteed Platen 4 Remove the Paper Infeed Platen Electronics PCA Removal 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable 2 Remove six screws that secure the top of the Electronics Module to the chassis o gt O z D dea as oy 5 a 2a T X Q
62. a El D aes ia A Figure 9 2 Right Hand Side of the printer l 3 r Sideplate Drive Roller Radial Retainer 1 Datum between Drive Roller and Radial Retainer 2 Datum between Drive Roller and Sideplate Am i To make sure that ALL the datums are met when installing the Media Axis Motor Bracket make sure you follow these 1 Place the Media Axis Motor Bracket in the correct position on the printer Make sure you keep it pushed down as shown in the illustration until the first screw has been installed and fully tightened J gt j D L Q gt D 3 e lt Q 410 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Install the first screw T 15 in the position shown Make sure you tighten the screw fully so that the Media Axis Motor Bracket cannot be moved 3 Check that there is no play movement between the Media Axis Motor Bracket and the Drive Roller If there is play then check that the screw installed in the previous step is fully tightened O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 411 10 Stacker part removal and installation This chapter is a step by step guide to the removal and installation of the key components in the stacker e Right Cover on page 413 e Left Cover on page 415 e lop Cover on page 416 e Lower Front Cover on page 419 e Pinchwheels on page 424 e Drive Motor on page 425 e Front Cov
63. and will not be able to continue printing until a new Ink Cartridge has been installed If this occurs halfway through printing an image you should check the quality of this image 82 Chapter 4 Ink supplies ENWW as stopping mid plot can affect the print It is recommended to reprint the image once a new Ink Cartridge has been installed Faulty The Ink Cartridge is unable to operate correctly The printer will stop and will not be able to continue printing until a new Ink Cartridge has been installed If this occurs halfway through printing an image you should check the quality of this image as stopping mid plot can affect the print It is recommended to reprint the image once a new Ink Cartridge has been installed Ink Cartridge status while replacing The printer can report the following status messages while the Ink Cartridge is being replaced Missing The Ink Cartridge has not been installed or is installed incorrectly The printer will not print until all Ink Cartridges have been installed correctly Reseat The Ink Cartridge is having continuity problems Try removing the Ink Cartridge from the printer and Inserting it in again Replace The Ink Cartridge is faulty and needs to be replaced before the printer can continue printing Unknown The Ink Cartridge installed is not approved but the user has confirmed that he is using refilled or non HP Ink Cartridges Refer to the User s Guide for further information regarding using
64. and workarounds can help the customer to get up and running in the shortest possible time ka fe SE D N gt O fe Q 1 Disconnect the network cable to be able to start the printer and change network settings 2 In the Network configuration menu in the Front Panel disable any protocols that you are not using including IPv6 SNMP and WebServices 3 If step 2 does not work try configuring the printer manually a Enter the correct subnet mask and an IP address in the valid range b In the Gateway field set the same value as in the IP address field c Do not set a host name or a domain name 4 If step 3 does not work and the customer is using the network card built into the printer try using an accessory Jetdirect card instead User interaction related SE 79 04 In some cases the printer may not react as expected when a certain set of conditions coincide In these cases if the printer doesn t know how to react it may simply display a 79 04 system error and force a restart Here are some examples not real that may help to illustrate this e An error occurs when a job is cancelled when it is at the Finishing print state and when the queue is disabled e An error occurs if the Window is opened while the printer is checking the printheads These errors will probably happen only in very specific corner cases that have not been identified during the development or the qualification of the p
65. are now in the Service Tools menu For On Site Engineers once inside the Setup menu press the Up arrow key and the Cancel key together You are now in the Service Tools menu Use the arrow keys to scroll to the Service Utilities menu and press the OK key Seryice menu Service utilities Service calibrations Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 5 Use the arrow keys to scroll through the Service Utilities selections and press the OK key to begin a specific operation when the required service utility is highlighted Service utilities Turn Drive Roller e Prime Tubes H Reset Life counters Diagnostic Print Replace cutter Enable Disable Firewall Al nick bine Ma Geena BoM fl E amp Y NOTE It the printer is not used for 135 seconds the printer exits from the Service Utilities menu and you must repeat the above steps to enter Service Utilities again In some cases a quick press of a button may not be recognized by the printer When pressing a button be sure to press it deliberately and all the way to the bottom of its travel Turn Drive Roller The purpose of this Service Utility is to rotate the Drive Roller and the Overdrive in order to clean them EY NOTE Unload the paper before performing this operation Open the Window and activate the Window Sensor using a piece of paper before performing this service utility Pertorm the Turn Drive Roller utility as follows 1 In the Service Utilitie
66. by the regulatory agencies that inspect and assess the product prior to its placement in the market The window and its switch are considered a supplementary safety feature and as such the behavior of the switch has been adjusted as a trade off between the level of safety provided and the printer s functionality How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error e Introduction on page 28 e Possible causes on page 29 e Troubleshooting based on symptoms on page 35 Introduction The System error 79 04 is a generic firmware error equivalent to a blue screen in Windows It s the System Error that the printer will display when an unknown exception occurs that cannot be pointed to by any specitic subsystem of the printer Since this is a generic error there can be multiple causes behind it This document will cover the most probable causes behind a system error 79 04 and will recommend the most efficient troubleshooting steps to resolve customer issues One important point to mention is that although 79 04 system errors can be caused by a hardware malfunction the vast majority of 79 04 system errors are pure software or firmware issues In these cases the issue can only be solved by determining the root cause and implementing a solution The solution can usually be applied by either correctly configuring a selection updating the printer s tirmware sottware that is being used or by fixing an error in the code 28 Chapter 2 Troubleshootin
67. calibration Calibrate Drop Detector Reset Calibration Flag 3 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue with the calibration press Cancel to exit Reset Calibration Flag Current value 1 Clear drop detector calibration flag Press ok to continue or to exit ENWW Entering the Service Calibrations menu 127 4 The printer resets the calibration flag Press OK to return to the menu Reset Calibration Flag Diagnostic result OK Press ok to continue 7 a oh a A Q T Q y O L 5 Turn off the printer and replace the Drop Detector 6 Turn on the printer and calibrate the Drop Detector Drop Detector calibration 1 In the Service Calibrations submenu select Drop Detector calibration and press OK Service calibrations E Paper advance calibration 4 Drop Detector calibration Line Sensor calibration Calibrate Rewinder Primer calibration Reset Vacuum Calibration ke Flaten Klite Tine calih 2 Inthe Drop Detector Calibration submenu select Calibrate Drop Detector and press OK Drop Detector calibration Calibrate Drop Detector Reset Calibration Flag 3 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue with the calibration or press Cancel to exit Calibrate Drop Detector Do you want to perform the drop detection calibration Press ok for yes or for no 4 The printer will start to calibrate
68. can also be accessed from the front panel s Image quality maintenance menu ENWW Troubleshooting tools 147 J 2 a lt 7 HP Designjet T7100ps Ale 9 0j IO Oil N support RRA Printer status S MK cartridge is missing g Help links Print Quality Troubleshooting E Print k ST A A Browse information ce Help about the Troubleshooting tools HP Designjet links Optimize Print Quality Service support if you are experiencing any trouble with your printer please try these tools r a Optimize Print Quality Use this tool to perform one step image quality and diagnostic Optimization suggested actions correction Optimization suggested actions Click on this link either if you want to save time by acting directly on the cause s of your probiem or if your problem persists after using the Optimize Print Most common issues resolution Quality tool BEE a Most common issues resolution Use this tool if you have problems with the quality of your prints Optimize print quality This option ensures that printer and supplies are adjusted to deliver optimum print quality Click Next to execute all calibration and recovery procedures automatically The following procedures are included e Printhead cleaning e Media advance calibration e Printhead alignment e Color calibration The whole process consumes 80 cm 31 5 in of paper and may take up to 20 minutes Ef NOTE This
69. cartridge path Open the right door of the printer and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Service Station Manually move the Service Station checking for smooth and free movement Paper path To resolve paper path problems do the following 1 Open the Window and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Drive Roller Make sure that the mylar is not damaged If there is a wrinkled mass of paper inside the paper path lift the Pinch wheels using the Paper Load Handles and clear the obstruction 2 If this shutdown happens at the end of a Roll of Paper it could be because the paper is stuck firmly to the Roll Litt the Pinch wheels using the Paper Load Handles and pull the paper clear 3 Replace the spindle if broken 4 Perform the Paper Drive Test to obtain further information on the problem Paper Drive test on page 92 Printhead path When a shutdown occurs in the Printhead path you will get the message Switch Power Off Check Printhead Path The will be a number which will give an indication on where the failure occurred 12 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW PWM shutdown To resolve a PWM shutdown do the following 1 Clean Slider Rods and Apply Oil along the complete axis of the Slider Rods After applying the Oil perform the Scan Axis Test See Scan Axis test on page 92 and check that the values are within the given limits 2 Clean the Encoder S
70. check the maintenance cartridge and replace the printhead if necessary It all digits are O or more than 50 of printheads are at risk check the Drop Detector cleaning it to verity there are no fibers blocking it perform a Drop Detector calibration and replace it if the problem persists Media advance calibration The status code consists of 8 digits each of which can take one of the following values e 0 no data or error e 1 parameter OK e 2 parameter at risk level 1 e 3 parameter at risk level 2 ENWW Troubleshooting tools 149 e 8 non navigable paper type e 9 OMAS disconnected If all digits are O media advance calibration has not been performed on that paper type In this case perform media advance calibration It the 4th or 7th digits are not 1 there is some mismatch between OMAS and the printer calibration Clean the Media Advance Sensor and replace it if the problem does not disappear If you see a 9 anywhere the OMAS sensor has been disconnected Clean the Media Advance Sensor and replace it if the problem does not disappear If you see a 2 or 3 anywhere the calibration has not worked well Check that the paper is correctly loaded and that the calibration is correctly printed otherwise clean the printheads and try the calibration again Printhead alignment J ai p 2 2 lt The T7100 status code consists of 16 digits one for each group of nozzles in the following order empty y
71. correctly positioned in the Attachment Screw Retainer 5 Position the OMAS under the printer and connect the large ribbon J ma i 5 Q ai L i 3 e lt 2 394 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Lock the clips of the large ribbon cable connector 7 Carefully push the OMAS fully up into its mounting so it protrudes slightly approximately 0 1 mm above the Center Platen To ensure the OMAS is correctly positions slide a sheet of paper over the Platen Ribs until it is stopped by the OMAS This ensures the OMAS is protruding slightly above the platen A CAUTION Make sure the OMAS is pushed completely up into its mounting or you will encounter an error during the OMAS calibration because it will not be able to focus on the paper 8 Ifthe paper is not stopped by the OMAS repeat step 4 to ensure the OMAS is push fully up into its the mounting gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A ENWW Disassembly order 395 9 Fully tighten the T 20 vertical attachment screw d 11 Fully tighten the T 20 horizontal attachment screw which secures the OMAS to the printer J at i O Q ba 9 3 fe lt 2 396 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 12 Clip the OMAS access cover back into place by sliding one edge of the cover into the slot and then applying enough pressure to it so you can clip it into the other
72. e After restarting the printer can be used without any issues for an extended period of time but if the workload is consistently high a random error will occur again e The error can never be associated with a specific file The file that was being printed when the error last occurred can be printed without issues after restart And a file that has been printed without issues several times can trigger the error in the future e This error is very dependent on the customer s workflow The most common user workflows have been extensively tested both by HP and by our beta sites so random 79 04 issues are most unlikely to occur in these cases These random issues tend to occur in very specific corner cases and cannot be reproduced unless the exact conditions of the workflow are replicated They normally happen when sending files generated by external applications RIPs third party drivers and so on a ka fe SE D N gt fe fe r Q Solution Random 79 04 errors are by far the most complex ones to diagnose and to fix The only solutions available in these cases are as follows 1 Identify the root cause either in the files or in the firmware and fix it in the code which requires the intervention of the GBU 2 Test any options available to modify the customer s workflow and see if any combination of them solves the issue In both cases a profound understanding of the customer s workflow is necessary The foll
73. e There are occasions when an Encoder Strip that needs cleaning can cause paper loading issues as the Carriage cannot correctly detect the position of the paper With the type of pigmented ink that is used in the printer the Encoder Strip cleaning must be performed at regular intervals Cleaning must be performed after every 10 liters of ink used The front panel will display a message when cleaning is required For optimal printer performance follow the Clean the encoder strip process as described in the User Maintenance Kit This message is displayed after every 5 job until the cleaning is performed and the counter has been reset This procedure is normally performed by the customer Instructions and materials are provided within the User Maintenance kit A kit is provided with each printer shipment The kit can also be ordered using part number Q6715A HP Designjet T7100 User Maintenance Kit 464 Chapter 11 Preventive maintenance ENWW E NOTE When the message is displayed on the front panel a silent warning message is added within the system error log 8 01 This helps when reviewing the error log history to see if the message has been displayed Cleaning procedure 1 At the front panel select Clean Encoder Strip from the Ink menu Ink Replace WK Cartridges Replace printheads Replace maintenance ctg HInk cartridge information Printhead information Maintenance ctg info Clean Enco
74. from the Service Station O gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 247 Vacuum Fan Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 Remove the Primer Assembly See Primer Assembly on page 238 Remove the Primer Valves See Primer Valves on page 240 Remove the Maintenance Cartridge gt See the User s Guide Remove the Service Station See Service Station on page 243 uu FB Q N n Disconnect the cable labelled on the Vacuum Fan PCA as Interconnect Cable 7 J gt j D L Q gt D 3 e lt Q 248 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 8 Remove four T 20 screws Type B that secure the Vacuum Fan to the printer 9 Remove the OMAS cable clamp from the printer o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 249 11 Remove the Vacuum Fan from the printer Installation When connecting the Vacuum Fan cables to the Interconnect PCA make sure you connect the cable with the label marked Vacuum Fan 1 to connector 1 and the cable with the label marked Vacuum Fan 2 to connector 2 You can check if both cables are labelled correctly by the actual markings on the Vacuum Fan Make sure that the OMAS ribbon cable is free of slack when you install the cable clamp After installing the new Vacuum Fan make s
75. is related to the print queue The file 1 Check that the firmware is the latest available completely fills up all the disk space because of this it will ft and never successfully print and so the file remains in the disk 2 Turn Ott and ON the printer partition Even after restarting the printer the file remains 3 Set Queue to OFF subsequent print requests also fail as there is not sufficient space available in the partition to process anything else 4 Set When Start Printing to Immediately Please guide the customer through the front panel of the printer to set up the Queue to OFF and When Start Printing to Immediately Wipe disk solution If the above procedure does not clear the error use the wipe the hard disk procedure Unsecure mode See Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M on page 116 This will delete all previous jobs ICC profiles and paper presets that were present on the hard disk This procedure has an advantage for the customer in that it solves the issue without the need to wait for an onsite engineer to come to their premises and remove and replace the HDD which would also have the same affect of deleting all the previous jobs ICC profiles and paper presets The whole procedure should not take more than 30 35 minutes Important step is that you need to select the Unsecure mode ENWW The printer does not power on 9 ka e SE D N gt fe fe r Q The prin
76. ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 226 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Remove one T 20 screw from the front Window Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable E NOTE Throughout this section the graphics actually show the HP Designjet 4000 printer series but the steps of the procedure are identical for the HP Designjet Z6000 printer series 1 Open the Window O gt se z Q i nim p O Q i Q a z Le a ENWW Disassembly order 227 2 Unclip the Window hinges from the Top Cover E NOTE Since the hinges are very hard to unclip it is recommended that you use a screwdriver or other tool to forcefully unclip the Window hinges from the Top Cover 3 Remove the Window trom the printer Installation of New Window 1 Identify the two ends of the Window hinge four in total one end is clipped to the Window and the other to the Top Cover J a ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 228 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Slide the Window hinges on to the Window 3 Clip the Window Hinges to the Top Cover E amp Y NOTE Since the hinges are very hard to clip you will need to forcefully clip the Window hinges to the Top Cover Cover Top Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Lef
77. more than likely a Paper Advance problem e Ifthe bands are light it means that the paper has advanced too much e Ifthe bands are dark it means that the paper hasn t advanced enough e In high quality modes graininess in all colors can indicate problems either with alignment or Paper Advance In order to solve any of these problems try the following 1 Check that the appropriate print quality settings are being used 2 Check that the loaded paper is the same type as selected in the printer Check this through the front panel at the front panel select the icon then View loaded paper gt View paper details 156 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW 3 Ifthe customer is using low quality paper try recommending better quality paper preferably HP paper Printer performance can only be guaranteed by using recommended papers 4 Check the advance with the help of the Visual Paper Advanced Diagnostic EY NOTE If there is white point banding in only one color band and the problem cannot be fixed using the Printhead recoveries in some cases using the force a drop detection option can fix this issue see Others Diagnostics Force Drop Detection No printing defects found in the diagnostic print If all the test patterns from the Diagnostic Print are correct and you still experience Image Quality problems you can use the following advanced procedures to resolve the problem e Visual Alignment Diagnostics e Visual Paper Advanced Diagn
78. not damaged e Check that the Trailing Cable is correctly connected to the Carriage PCA Interconnect PCA and Main PCA e Replace the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable EY NOTE Ifthe Ink Supply Tubes are to be replaced the Ink Cartridges need to be checked beforehand to see if they are capable of purging the new tubes If they are not new Ink Cartridges must also be sent with the parts to be replaced To check the Ink Cartridges see Check ink supplies on page 98 SE 17 0 11 Cause PrintMech to Interconnect Power cable does not seem to be connected 48 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW Solution Try the following e Check that the PrintMech to Interconnect Power cable is not damaged e Check that the PrintMech to Interconnect Power cable is correctly connected to the PrintMech PCA and the Interconnect PCA e Replace the PrintMech to Interconnect Power cable which is included in the Electronics Module Cable Kit SE 17 1 11 Cause PrintMech to Interconnect Data 1 cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the following e Check that the PrintMech to Interconnect Data 1 cable is not damaged e Check that the PrintMech to Interconnect Data 1 cable is correctly connected to the PrintMech PCA and the Interconnect PCA e Replace the PrintMech to Interconnect Data 1 cable which is included in the Electronics Module Cable Kit SE 17 2 11 Cause PrintMech to Interconnect Data 2 cable does not seem to be con
79. number C6020B 7 gt A O A Q T Q O K Print OMAS Calibration Pattern 1 Load the roll of HP Coated Paper from the Paper Advance Calibration Kit into the printer 2 Inthe Service Calibrations menu scroll to OMAS Calibration and press OK Service calibrations Erop Vet ctor calibration B Line Sensor calibration e Calibrate Rewinder e Primer calibration Reset Yacuum Calibration Flaten blue Line calib OMAS calibration 3 In the OMAS Calibration submenu scroll to Print Calibration Pattern and press OK OMAS calibration e Print Calibration Pattern Scan Calibration Pattern 4 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue with the calibration or press Cancel to exit Print Calibration Pattern Ensure that the roll paper provided in the kit is loaded Press w to continue or to exit 5 The printer starts to print the OMAS Calibration Pattern This could take several minutes during which the following message is displayed on the front panel Paper advance calibration Printing pattern 140 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW 6 Once the OMAS Calibration Pattern has been printed successtully the following message is displayed on the front panel Press OK to continue Paper advance calibration Calibration successfully completed Press to continue Vv e 5 en 2 Q Y gt thes T Vv If the OMAS Calibration Patte
80. one bag was broken press OK Otherwise press Cancel and continue with the remaining steps j M N f Wi Q Q M VN 100 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW EY NOTE Ifyou cannot clear the bubbles from the ink tube replace the complete SRK Tubes Assembly 14 The front panel asks you to remove the syringe from the FI tower 15 The front panel asks you to reinstall the printheads that you removed earlier 16 The front panel asks you to close the Carriage Cover and the Window Recover broken bag The purpose of this procedure is to return the printer to normal ready status after a broken bag has been detected in one of the Ink Cartridges A badly broken bag will stop the printer from functioning and will need to be fixed and cleared of the error before the printer can continue printing normally If ink leaks from the broken bag and leaves the confines of the ink cartridge it could damage various parts of the printer 1 Clean any ink out of the air tubes see Clean air tubes on page 98 Replace the Ink Cartridge that has the broken bag with a new Ink Cartridge Select Recover broken bag from the Ink Delivery System Test menu The front panel asks you to confirm that the air tubes are clean contain no ink The front panel asks whether you want to remove the broken bag condition If you confirm the printer checks all the Ink Cartridges for a broken bag and displays a message if any are found
81. option can also be selected from the front panel From the main menu select then Optimize print quality Optimization suggested actions This option suggests a series of recommended actions to improve print quality based on the results of internal checks These actions may include reseating a printhead changing paper to run a specific calibration cleaning some printer component and so on Execute them in the proposed order X TIP Use this option if you want to save time by acting directly on the causes of your problem or if your problem persists atter the automatic Optimize print quality process Ef NOTE This option can also be selected from the front panel From the main menu select amp then Optimization suggested actions Most common issues resolution This option is designed to help you resolve some of the most common print quality issues that users encounter in large format printing e Dark or light horizontal lines across the image banding e Graininess e Poor line quality e Inaccurate colors In the first window select the print quality issue that you are experiencing and click Next 148 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW A list of suggestions for corrective action appears along with help to guide you through each action Status codes After running any of the print quality troubleshooting tools the Embedded Web Server updates and displays status codes that may be helpful if any further troubleshooting is requi
82. option displays the current calibration values There are ten calibration parameters in total SLOPE AMP1 PH1 FREQ AMP2 PH2 FREQ2 AMP3 PH3 and FREQ3 Press OK to return to the main screen 126 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW Show Calibration Parameters SLOFE 001672 AMF1 13 00000a FPH 3 35932 FREQ1 1 86ee 08 AMP2 0000A FHe GBBORe FREQ2 2 0000A AMPs 0000A j V e 5 en 2 Q Y gt hes T N Drop Detector calibration The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the Drop Detector located in the Service Station in relation to the Carriage Assembly Perform Drop Detector calibration whenever the Drop Detector is disassembled or replaced There are two menu options to calibrate the Drop Detector e Reset Calibration Flag e Calibrate Drop Detector Reset Calibration Flag Always reset the calibration flag before replacing the Drop Detector so that the printer will not try to perform drop detection until the new Drop Detector has been calibrated 1 In the Service Calibrations submenu select Drop Detector calibration and press OK Service calibrations E Paper advance calibration 4 Drop Detector calibration e Line Sensor calibration e Calibrate Rewinder Primer calibration Reset Vacuum Calibration m Flaten Klite Tine calih A 2 In the Drop Detector Calibration menu select Reset Calibration Flag and press OK Drop Detector
83. paper advance calibration values will be reset to factory default NOTE Colored papers and transparent materials such as translucent bond clear film matte film tracing paper and vellum are not suitable for paper advance calibration NOTE User advance calibration works in both advance control systems paper advance sensor and analog encoder system The Paper Advance Calibration procedure 164 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW If your paper is not suitable for paper advance calibration override steps 1 and 2 Calibrate Paper Advance and go directly to step 3 Adjust Paper Advance 1 At the front panel select the icon then Paper advance calibration gt Calibrate paper advance The printer automatically calibrates the paper advance and prints a paper advance calibration image 2 Wait until the front panel displays the status screen and re print your print Er NOTE The calibration procedure takes approximately three minutes Do not worry about the paper advance calibration image The front panel display shows any errors in the process e If you are satisfied with the image quality of the print ater performing the calibration you can stop here e f you can detect an improvment in the image quality of the print but want to fine tune the settings further continue to step 3 Pan h O a aa Ga e f you are dissatisfied with the calibration you can return to the default calibration refer to the next procedure
84. part 1 Remove the Jetdirect Card if installed J ma i O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 374 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Remove three T 20 screws that secure the Formatter cover cf hy Aue i A 3 oo SS QDODOD o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 375 5 Remove one T 10 screw Type I from the HDD Holder E NOTE Itis not necessary to remove the screws securing the HDD inside the metal casing Installation After installing a new HDD make sure you perform the following User Calibrations e Printhead Alignment e Paper Advance Calibration e Color Calibration Power Supply Unit PSU J gt j g xe Q gt LS 3 e lt Q Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Left Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Left on page 236 376 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW ENWW 2 Remove the Jetdirect Card if installed 3 Remove three T 20 screws that secure the Formatter cover 4 Remove the Formatter Cover from the printer Disassembly order 377 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A 5 Remove three T 20 screws that secure the PSU cover J gt j g xe Q ba 3 e lt Q 378 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation
85. path lift the Pinchwheels using the Media Lever and clear the obstruction e Perform the Scan Axis Diagnostic Scan Axis test on page 92 to obtain further information on the problem SE 86 11 Cause Scan Axis length requires too much force or energy Solution Try the following e Check that cutter disengages correctly e Lubricate Scan Axis e Apply Preventive Maintenance Kit 1 SE 87 01 Cause Problem with the Scan Axis encoder sensor readings Solution Try the following e Check whether the Encoder Strip is dirty If necessary clean it Pay special attention to the area near the Service Station Follow the instructions on the front panel after selecting the Ink menu and then Clean Encoder Strip e Check whether the Encoder Strip is broken or damaged If necessary replace it N lt N f g 3 i gt fe gt A O Q M N e Ifthe system error persists clean the Encoder Sensor e Ifthe system error persists replace the Encoder Sensor e Perform the Scan Axis diagnostic test to troubleshoot the problem further SE 87 10 Cause Problem with the Carriage Encoder Sensor readings Solution Try the following e Check that the Encoder Sensor is correctly connected to the Carriage PCA e Check whether the Encoder Strip is broken or damaged If necessary replace it e Check whether the Encoder Strip is dirty If necessary clean it Pay special attention to the area near the Service Station Fo
86. printer for multi roll printing using the roll switch and paper mismatch policies Here are some examples 1 Same paper type and different sizes loaded this is typical when printing line drawings in standard sizes For instance two rolls with AO size plain paper and one roll with A1 size plain paper Driver settings paper type to Any and roll to Any e Roll switching policy gt o Minimize paper waste Recommended setting for this workflow With this setting roll switch takes precedence over autorotate This setting minimizes the paper wasted For instance if an A2 portrait is sent the printer autorotates the A2 to fit it onto the Al roll in landscape But if a Al portrait is sent and the active roll is AO the printer switches to an A1 roll to save paper Minimize roll changes Not recommended except for very specific situations when the customer wants to consume a roll faster Autorotate takes precedence over roll switch which reduces overall printing speed Use roll with less paper Not recommended in this workflow This setting ensures that the roll with least paper is used up before changing to another e Paper mismatch policy Print anyway In this case for instance if a AO page is sent and no AO roll is available the printer uses an A1 roll and clips the image Recommended for a workgroup environment in which users share one printer Put job on hold The printer saves the AO page on hold in the queue and p
87. refilled or non HP approved Ink Cartridges The main actions for all four status messages is as follows 1 Reseat the Ink Cartridge 2 f reseating does not resolve the status message replace the Ink Cartridge 3 Ifthe Status messages continue to appear even after replacing the Ink Cartridge replace the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable gt Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 Printhead status messages while printing Detailed below are the printhead status messages that may be displayed while printing OK The printhead is operating correctly and will provide an acceptable level of print quality To find more information on the printheads refer to Obtaining Printhead information on page 81 Replace The Printhead is faulty and needs to be replaced before the printer can continue printing ENWW Obtaining Printhead information 83 If this message continues to appear for example after installing new Printheads try the following 1 Reseat the Printheads and check if the message disappears 2 Remove the Drop Detector and make sure that there are no obstacles inside which are blocking the sensor 3 Print the Diagnostic Print gt Printing the Image Quality Service Print on page 153 to check that the Printhead nozzles are firing correctly 4 Perform the Service Station test Service Station test on page 101 5 Replace all the Printheads Printhead status messages while replacing The following are
88. scroll to EEROM Reset and press OK Diagnostics menu 1 0 intormatiton E Enable I O interfaces Unit Information EEROM Reset Hard Disk Recovery File System Check Front Panel Lock Reset 2 The front panel advises you that all user information tiles will be removed Press OK to reset the EEROM or Cancel to exit EERO Reset User information will be lost Do you want to continue Press w to continue or to exit 3 While the EEROM is being reset the front panel displays the following message EEROM Reset Initializing 106 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 4 When the EEROM has been reset the front panel displays the following message Press OK to shut down the printer EERUM Reset Diagnostic result OF Fress ok TO shut down Hard Disk recovery This option is a utility that is also available trom the Service Utilities menu See Hard Disk recovery on page 120 File system check This option is a utility that is also available from the Service Utilities menu See File system check on page 120 OMAS Module test The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Optical Paper Advance Sensor OMAS system In the Service Tests submenu scroll to OMAS Test and press OK Service utilities The following is a list of all internal Service Utilities available in the printers Instructions for entering the Service Utilities menu are given on Entering the Service Utilities menu on p
89. servicing Soft printhead servicing Soft printhead Soft printhead servicing enabled servicing disabled If you change your mind you can just enable or disable it again Test Cutter The purpose of this service utility is to check that the Cutter works properly 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Test Cutter and press OK Service utilities Disk Wipe DUD o220 ZZO e Show Hide Front Panel Info ePaper Sensor Replacement Soft printhead servicing i a I O Tests me Test cutter Hard Disk Recovery 2 Make sure that paper is loaded then press OK to proceed with the test Cutter Press ok to continue 3 The printer advances the paper prepares the Cutter and tries to cut the paper 4 When it has finished cutting the printer disengages the Cutter 5 The front panel asks you to confirm that the Cutter has cut the paper Cutter Cutter seems to be OF Was the paper cut Press OF for yes Cancel for no y o a as V Q j ENWW Service utilities 119 Hard Disk recovery The purpose of this service utility is to clean user data on the Hard Disk to try to recover the printer from an unstable state 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Hard Disk Recovery and press OK Service utilities Disk Wipe DUD o220 ZZO e Show Hide Front Panel Info ePaper Sensor Replacement Soft printhead servicing TO Tests jj e Test cutter m Hard Disk Recov
90. software set the color space of the image to emulate the HP Designjet 4500 and the specific paper type that you used in that printer The data sent to the driver must be already converted to this emulation color space which is a CMYK color space See the online help for the software program to find information about how to do this In this way the T7100 will emulate the colors that the 4500 can produce when printing on that paper type In the PostScript driver for the HP Designjet T7100 go to the Color Management section and set the CMYK input profile to the same HP Designjet 4500 color space that you selected in the software the emulation color space Print the image on the HP Designjet T7100 Print with HP GL 2 drivers The situation describes printing with the HP GL 2 driver installed for that printer Ie 2 Check that both printers have the most recent firmware version Check that you have the most recent printer drivers for both printers You can download the latest versions for any HP printer from http www hp com go designjet Make sure that color calibration is turned on On the front panel of the HP Designjet T7100 printer series select the icon then Enable color calibration Load the printers with the same type of paper Check that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you have loaded 176 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW 6 In the HP GL 2 driver for the HP Designjet T7100 click the Co
91. test on that component passes there is no need to replace it Diagnostics self test Whenever the printer is switched ON it automatically performs a series of internal self tests and mechanical initialization sequences If any of the parts fail a system error will appear see System error codes on page 41 Phone support In certain circumstances a Call Agent can try and troubleshoot the printer by requesting the Customer to perform a Service Test via the phone Using this process it can be determined whether the printer requires any on site maintenance Remember that the key combination for the customer to enter the Service Tests and Utilities is different from the one that the engineer will use Service tests diagnostics The following is a list of all internal Service Tests available in the printer To access these tests see Entering the Service Tests menu on page 91 1 Scan Axis Test Scan Axis test on page 92 The purpose of this test is to check the operation of components related to the Scan Axis 2 Paper Drive Test Paper Drive test on page 92 The purpose of this test is to check the operation of components related to the Media Axis 3 Electronics Module Test gt Electronics Module test on page 94 The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Formatter 4 Carriage Assembly Test Carriage Assembly test on page 95 The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Carriage Assemb
92. that new Ink Cartridges are installed or that the ink volume remaining in the Ink Cartridges is below 88 before starting to prime the tubes Otherwise you will see a warning message 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Prime Tubes and press OK Service utilities Turn Drive Roller Prime Tubes Reset Life counters HA Diagnostic Print Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall H Dick bline Rah Goma Fah M N f Ww Q Q M N 110 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 2 Ifthe Ink Cartridges are not suitable for priming the following message will appear on the front panel Replace the installed Ink Cartridges with Ink Cartridges that are new or contain less than 88 of ink Press any key to exit Prime Tubes Some of the current ink supplies are not valid for purge Please replace them with valid cartridges for purge and start again j 3 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue or Cancel to exit Prime Tubes Ink Supply Tubes ready for gt priming Do you want to Continue Press ENTER to continue or BACK CANCEL ta exit 4 The front panel displays the following message then restarts the purge process Prime Tubes The system is going to reboot After then the procedure for priming the tubes WILL Start automatically 5 When the printer has restarted the front panel asks you to open the Window
93. the Heating Lamp Cable on the right of the chassis push in the retaining clip with a screw driver and release the cable O e z v i D a Q i Q v 6 aes Ww ENWW Heating Lamp 451 12 Remove the Right Heating Lamp Cover r i SS _j x T 13 Remove the Heating Lamp Er NOTE When removing and installing the heating lamp make sure you do not damage the heating element inside Heat Roller Removal 1 Remove the Heating Lamp Heating Lamp on page 448 2 Remove three screws that secure the Right Heat Roller Bearing N f Q A o i a O Q ai ka i 3 fe lt a 452 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove the Right Heat Roller Bearing 4 5 o gt O z D dea as oy 5 a 2a T X Q 5 sim N ENWW Heat Roller 453 6 Slide the Heat Roller to the right 7 Remove the Heat Roller a 2 E amp Y NOTE When installing the Heat Rol side of the Heat Roller T ler make sure that the two bevel washers are on the right Transport Belt Removal 1 Remove the Drive Motor Drive Motor on page 425 2 Remove the Heat Roller Heat Roller on page 452 N f Q e o i a 5 Q ai ka i 3 fe lt a 454 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove two screws that secure the Left Output Roller Bearing oe a
94. the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Make sure that the Service Station path is clear Remove any visible obstacles such as foam from the printer s packaging screws and plastic parts restricting the movement of the Service Station e Ifthe System Error continues replace the Service Station Service Station on page 243 SE 21 13 Cause Service Station jam Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Make sure that the Service Station path is clear Remove any visible obstacles such as foam from the printer s packaging screws and plastic parts restricting the movement of the Service Station e Ifthe System Error continues replace the Service Station Service Station on page 243 SE 23 10 Cause Air Pressurization System failure unable to pressurize or depressurize tubes Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the APS cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the PrintMech PCA e Check that the air tubes are properly connected and are not kinked or pinched e Replace the APS Assembly APS Assembly on page 314 SE 24 03 Cause Ink Supply Tubes purge failure 50 C
95. to the HP LFP Knowledge Center for details on how to perform this http www hp com go knowledge_ center djT7100 11 Check that your environmental conditions temperature humidity are in the recommended range Avoid touching the paper while printing is in progress 12 If PANTONE colors are inaccurate refer to the Color Management chapter within Using your printer The section is called HP Professonal PANTONE Emulation 13 Color accuracy using EPS or PDF images in page layout applications such as Adobe InDesign and QuarkXPress do not support color managment of EPS PDF or Grayscale files If these types of files have to be used try to ensure that the EPS PDF or grayscale images are already in the same color space that is to be used later on in Adobe InDesign or QuarkXPress For example if the final objective is to print the job in a press that follows the SWOP standard at the time of creating the EPS PDF or grayscale the image should be converted into SWOP 14 Check the procedures described in Colors are inaccurate on page 175 EY NOTE The HP LFP Knowledge Center is an excellent source of color accuracy information the database includes step by step procedures on achieving the best color image quality when using various applications Go to http www hp com go knowledge_center djT7100 Troubleshooting tools To access the troubleshooting tools in the Embedded Web Server select the Support tab The first two tools
96. update the firmware to the latest version e Replace the OMAS Controller Card OMAS Controller Card on page 360 SE 50 3 11 Cause Main PCA to OMAS Controller cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the following e Check that the Main PCA to OMAS Controller cable is not damaged e Check that the Main PCA to OMAS Controller cable is correctly connected to the Main PCA and the OMAS Controller Card SE 51 10 Cause Error detected in the Window Position Sensor 66 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW Solution Try the following e Check that the Window Position Sensor cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Window Position Sensor Window Position Sensor on page 338 SE 51 1 10 Cause Error detected in the Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor Service Station Door Sensor Solution Try the following e Check that the Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Service Station Cable which includes the Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor on page 327 SE 51 9 10 Cause Smart Roll loading System Door Sensor error detected Solution Try the following e Check that the Left and Right Smart Roll loading System Door Sensor cables are not damaged and are connected correctly to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Smart Rollloading System Door Switch Smart Rol
97. workflow that led to the error occurring Once the error can be traced in the customer s workflow escalate the issue to the GBU through the GCC This is done to implement any changes in the printer s firmware that can prevent these issues occurring again Network related SE 79 04 The printer has built in networking capabilities Network settings can be set manually but in most cases they are obtained automatically from the printer These settings include many different fields such as IP address and subnet mask available gateways host and domain names and so on In some cases there can be issues in the firmware that can cause a certain value in one of these fields to be interpreted incorrectly and this can lead to a 79 04 system error ENWW How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error 31 Cause There is no single set of symptoms that can absolutely pinpoint a network related 79 04 system error However the following guidelines can be applied e It can happen at start up time or when accessing the Network Configuration section of the front panel e In both cases repeating the action with the LAN cable disconnected does not cause the 79 04 to occur Solution In the majority of cases these issues will be due to an issue in the printer s firmware As soon as the conditions in which the issue happens can be understood it should be escalated to the GBU through the GCC At the same time the following short term solutions
98. 16 FAILS_ENERGY_CALIBRATION 7 TEMP_TOO_HIGH 17 EMPTY_DUMMY gr TEMP_TOO_LOW 18 FULL_DUMMY gth BAD_ACUMEN_INFO 19 END_OF_LIFE 10 NO_PEN 20 OUT_OF_WARRANTY 86 Chapter 4 Ink supplies ENWW The binary number needs to be read from right to left so that the 1 bit corresponds to the right one of the binary number For example the error code 4099 is converted to binary number 1000000000001 1 So using the table above the error code means FAILS_LOGICAL_V FAILS CONTINUITY and MISMATCH Carriage Interconnect Wiper Whenever you replace the Printhead check the empty slots to see if they need cleaning In extreme circumstances when a Printhead is inserted it is possible that the printer will not recognize it due to the build up of ink on the electrical connection between the Printhead and the Carriage Assembly The Carriage Interconnect Wiper is available as an accessory in a separate package The package also contains replacement sponges and an instruction sheet This tool should be used for cleaning the electrical interconnects of both the Carriage Assembly and the Printhead If the front panel displays the message Reseat or Replace next to the offending printhead try cleaning the flex circuits of the Carriage and the Printheads A CAUTION Do not touch wipe or attempt to clean the printhead nozzles This can damage the printhead and reduce print quality Warranty information for ink supplies e Ink Cartridge o
99. 2 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the Rewinder Motor 5 Primer Calibration See Primer calibration on page 133 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the Primer 6 Reset Vacuum Calibration gt See Reset vacuum calibration on page 137 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to reset the nominal values of the Vacuum Calibration Should be used only if the vacuum fans are working but the vacuum pressure is incorrect and there are carriage crashes 7 Platen Blue Line Calibration See Platen blue line calibration on page 138 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the blue line which is marked on the Print Platen 8 OMAS Calibration See OMAS Calibration on page 140 The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the OMAS Module If all the calibrations need to be performed for example when both the HDD and the ISS PCA have been replaced you should pertorm them in the following order e Vacuum Calibration e Drop Detector Service Station Calibration e Line Sensor Calibration e Paper Advance Calibration Service calibrations 123 Vv e 5 en Ss Q Y gt ka T uv 7 D ka oh a A Q oT L Q O 7 e __ Platen Blue Line Calibration e Calibrate Rewinder Entering the Service Calibrations menu 1 Once the message Ready is displayed on the front panel press the Menu key 2 Once inside the Printer menu p
100. 297 468 Chapter 11 Preventive maintenance ENWW ENWW Air Purges Setup Printheads Aerosol foam protector gt Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 step 6 Carriage Assembly with Encoder sensor Carriage on page 282 does not include PCA nor Cutter Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 Tubes retaining clip Cover Top on page 229 step 7 Scraper Assembly and Absorber Foams gt Removal of the Service Station Scraper on page 247 Scan Axis Motor gt Scan Axis Motor on page 320 Belt Assembly Belt Assembly on page 338 You must also clean the holes in the Service Station which are located under the Maintenance Cartridge and check that the Aerosol Fan is functioning correctly Preventive Maintenance Kit 2 This Preventive Maintenance Kit 2 contains the following components Aerosol Filter Service Station on page 243 SVS Aerosol Fan assembly ROHS Service Station on page 243 Ink Absorber gt See User s Guide Line Sensor Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 Encoder Strip Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 You must also clean the holes in the Service Station which are located under the Maintenance Cartridge and check that the Aerosol Fan is functioning correctly Preventive Maintenance Kits 469 Y pd c 5 c D D
101. 3 WV z 5 Ea D Ee oO c e N an im 5 A e Miscellaneous parts on page 204 ENWW Printer 187 Printer support Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 67058 Leg Covers right and left N A 2 CQ105 67055 Stand and Leg Covers right and left N A 3 CQ105 67060 Bin N A CQ105 67059 Hardware Kit N A p e J Q at N Q 5 Q Q Q Q 3 VN 188 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Center Covers Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 67025 PW Cover 2 CQ105 67022 Left Connector Cover Connector Cover Left on page 236 3 CQ105 67021 Right Connector Cover Connector Cover Right on page 235 4 CQ105 67024 Window Position Sensor N A 5 CQ109 67041 Window Window on page 227 6 CQ105 67046 Top Cover Cover Top on page 229 4 z 5 dn D 2 Ee Ee c e V an im 5 A ENWW Printer 189 Electronics Module Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure CQ109 67014 OMAS Controller Card OMAS Controller Card on page 360 2 CQ109 67028 Main PCA Main PCA on page 369 3 CQ109 67020 Formatter includes Processor Heatsink Formatter on page 372 amp Fan 4 CQ109 67012 Interconnect PCA Interconnect PCA on page 357 5 CQ109 67006 Power Supply Unit PSU Power Supply Unit PSU on page 376 6 CQ105 67056 PrintMech PCA PrintMech PCA on page 381 7 CQ105 67039 Hard Disk Drive for T7100 includes Hard Disk Drive HDD on pag
102. 372 SE 05 1 10 Cause Formatter CPU fan stopped or burnt Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe system error persists replace the Formatter Formatter on page 372 SE 06 03 Cause Main NVM communication failure ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 47 Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe System Error continues replace the Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive HDD on page 374 SE 06 10 Cause Main NVM communication failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe System Error continues replace the Hard Disk Drive Hard Disk Drive HDD on page 374 SE 08 11 Cause Front Panel communication failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e See What to do if the front panel is blank on page 42 SE 11 10 N lt WV f g 3 i ka fe gt A O Q M N Cause Trailing Cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the following e Check that the Trailing Cable is
103. 4 system error and you should follow the guidelines for this type of 79 04 see Data related SE 79 04 on page 30 oo p O O lt 7 2 0 Yen 8 Try to identity the combination of settings or actions that led to the system error and try to reach the same result with a different combination Escalate the issue to fix the original problem 9 If none of the previous steps could solve the issue escalate it with the following information e Unit information S N P N accessories e Conditions where the problem occurs and conditions prior to the first occurrence of the problem e The result of the previous steps e The printer information pages either printed and faxed or obtained through the Embedded Web Server e The System Error detailed information it can be obtained by pressing CANCEL Down e The printer logs Front panel displays 79 04 while printing e A While printing a single job on page 37 e B Random 79 04 during continuous printing on page 39 A While printing a single job The error happens after a single job is sent It s easy to identity which job that has produced the error since every time that this same job is sent the error is replicated 1 Restart the printer twice after the first restart the printer will show the 79 04 system error again since the printer will attempt to reprint the last job in the queue which is the one that caused the issue 2 Ifyou are using an HP driver u
104. 4p bidi No HP Durable Banner with Dupont All coe ray lek 1200x1200 10p bidi Material a Adhesive Matte All ioe bidi Self Adhesive YP OPY ene 1200x1200 10p bidi A paper preset is a file that contains the set of instructions that enables the printer to print on a HP Colorfast Adhesive Vinyl Al 600 specific type of paper It resides in the printer s firmware or it can be downloaded from a Web page to Downloading paper presets update the printer s firmware for a new paper type a k O g G 2 Ga To download a paper preset from the HP Knowledge Center use the following link htto www hp com go knowledge_center d T7100 ENWW Working with other commercially available papers 185 8 Parts and diagrams e Printer on page 187 e Stacker on page 205 J o at VN e 5 Q Z Q Q Q 3 N 186 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Printer e Printer support on page 188 e Center Covers on page 189 e Electronics Module on page 190 e Right Cover on page 191 e Left Cover on page 192 e Right hand Assemblies on page 193 e Lefthand Assemblies on page 194 e Carriage Assembly on page 195 e Scan axis Assemblies on page 196 e Drive Roller and Media axis Motor on page 197 e Paper Path Assemblies on page 198 e Pinchwheel Assembly on page 199 e Smart Roll loading System A on page 200 e Smart Roll loading System B on page 201 e Rear Door on page 202 e Entry Platen on page 20
105. 60084 CQ109 67003 CQ105 67015 CQ101 67001 CQ109 67022 Q1273 60236 CQ109 67016 CQ105 67061 Description Right Scan Axis Bracket Service Station Assembly and cable for T7100 Service Station Assembly and cable for T7100 Monochrome Primer Valves and Primer Tubes Assembly Aerosol Filter Aerosol Fan Assembly Service Station Cable for T7100 includes Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor Service Station Cable for T7100 Monochrome includes Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor Vacuum Fan Assembly Drop Detector Primer Assembly Vacuum Fan Controller PCA Cross reference Service Station on page 243 Service Station on page 243 Primer Valves on page 240 Aerosol Fan and Filter on page 252 Aerosol Fan and Filter on page 252 Service Station on page 243 Service Station on page 243 Vacuum Fan on page 248 Drop Detector on page 253 Primer Assembly on page 238 Printer 193 VW z 5 Ea D Ee oO c o V aan Ea 5 A Left hand Assemblies Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 67054 Cartridge Trays for T7100 Cartridge Tray on page 313 1 CQ101 67010 Cartridge Trays for T7100 Monochrome Cartridge Tray on page 313 2 CQ105 67044 Lower Ink Supply Station without APS Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 Assembly but including Cartridge Tray Upper Ink Supply Station for T7100 3 CQ105 67043 without APS Assembly but including Ink Supply
106. 8 ml Warranty status In warranty The information supplied is e The make of the printhead e The product number of the Printhead e The serial number of the Printhead e The current status of the printhead e How much ink has been fired consumed by the printhead EY NOTE It is possible for a printhead to consume more than one Ink Cartridge e The current warranty status of the Printhead e The current status of the Maintenance Cartridge Ink Cartridge status messages Status Bars The front panel displays four horizontal bars These bars represent how much ink is remaining in the Ink Cartridges as ink is used up the bars get shorter in length To see how much ink is remaining go to the Ink Cartridge Information submenu See Obtaining Ink Cartridge information on page 81 Ink Cartridge status while printing OK The Ink Cartridge is operating correctly and no action is required Low The Low message is an early warning sign and it is advisable that new supplies should be obtained of that particular color The amount of ink remaining in the Ink Cartridge depends on its capacity but there is approximately 14 of ink available for the user Very Low When the Very Low message is displayed overnight printing should not be attempted Changing the Ink Cartridge is strongly recommended to prevent the printer from stopping halfway through a print There is approximately 8 of ink available for the user Empty The printer will stop
107. 8 screw Type K that secures the Drop Detector to the Service Station 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 255 8 Slide the Drop Detector forward so you can release it from the Service Station 9 Remove the Drop Detector from the printer E amp Y NOTE After installing the new Drop Detector make sure you perform the following Service Calibration e Drop Detector Calibration Drop Detector calibration on page 127 Smart Roll loading System Cover Right Removal 1 Remove two T 20 screws from the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover J a ma i O Q ai gt i 3 fe lt 2 256 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Remove two more T 20 screws from the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover 3 Smart Roll loading System Cover Left Removal 1 Remove two T 20 screws from the Left Smart Roll loading System Cover I7 kT o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 257 2 Remove two more T 20 screws from the Left Smart Roll loading System Cover 3 Remove the Left Smart Roll loading System Cover Paper Feed Brake Removal 1 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door J gt j D Q a D 3 e lt Q 258 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Release the catch at the bottom of the blue lever on the right 3 Rele
108. A HP 761 Cyan 400 ml Ink Cartridge CM994A HP 761 Gray 400 ml Ink Cartridge CM995A HP 761 Dark Gray 400 ml Ink Cartridge CM996A HP 761 Matte Black 775 ml Ink Cartridge CM997A Printheads The printheads are connected to the ink cartridges They use jet action to put ink on the paper Each printhead has two ink cartridge connection points and two jet nozzles which means that each printhead accommodates two ink cartridges For example the following printhead image indicates a printhead that draws and jets ink from the magenta and yellow cartridges The Printheads are extremely durable and do not need to be replaced every time an Ink Cartridge is replaced They are independent of the Ink Cartridges and will continue giving excellent image quality results even if the Ink Cartridges are low on ink If you notice a decline in print quality such as lines or dots missing from text graphics go to Initial print quality troubleshooting actions on page 146 The following table lists the Printheads for the HP Designjet T7100 printer series The Matte Black amp Matte Black Printhead is used in both the color and the monochrome printers The Dark Gray Printhead is used in the monochrome printer only HP 761 Yellow Printhead CH645A HP 761 Magenta amp Cyan Printhead CH646A 78 Chapter 4 Ink supplies ENWW HP 761 Matte Black amp Matte Black Printhead CH648A HP 761 Gray amp Dark Gray Printhead CH647A HP 762 Dark Gray Printhead CNO74A
109. A CAUTION You MUST NEVER replace both the Hard Disk Drive and the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable at the same time If both parts need to replaced you MUST first replace one part and then power ON the printer until it completely initializes Then you can power OFF the printer and replace the other part 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Left Cover gt See Cover Lett on page 226 3 Remove the Top Cover See Cover Top on page 229 4 Remove the Right Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Right on page 235 5 Remove the Right Rear Trim See Rear Trim Right on page 343 298 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 7 Disconnect the Trailing Cable from the Interconnect PCA and the Main PCA 8 Unclip the Trailing Cable ferrites from the left side of the Electronic Module and pass the cable through the sideplate 9 Pass the cable through the arc O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 299 10 Disconnect the Trailing Cable trom the Interconnect PCA J gt j D L Q gt D 3 e lt Q 13 Slide out the Maintenance Cartridge 300 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 14 Disconnect the Trailing Cable trom the Carriage PCA o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a
110. Cartridge status messages that may be displayed while replacing the Printheads Reseat Cleaner In this situation remove the Maintenance Cartridge and install it again Missing The Maintenance Cartridge has not been installed or is installed incorrectly The printer will not print until the Maintenance Cartridge has been installed correctly Not replaced with Printhead A new Printhead has been installed without installing a new Maintenance Cartridge that came with it Make sure a new Maintenance Cartridge is installed every time you replace a Printhead If a Maintenance Cartridge needs to be removed or reseated you must first start the Printhead Replacement process Open the Window when prompted to do so by the front panel If the front panel shows the Printheads with no Printhead blinking you do not need to touch the Printheads Just close the window again and the printer will proceed to Maintenance Cartridge replacement Summary of solving ink supplies problems Most of the problems that you could encounter when working with the ink supplies are solved with guidance from the front panel A full list of front panel messages are supplied in the User s Guide Problems reseating the printhead If you have inserted the printhead into the printhead carriage assembly and the printer does not BEEP try the following steps A CAUTION Check that during the priming process the Setup Printheads are installed in the Carriage If the pri
111. Close bk door and window Press w to continue or to exit 7 c e p s a E v gt re N Align sheet with Blue Line without covering it 5 The printer starts to calibrate the blue line Flaten blue Line calib Calibrating blue line 6 The results of the calibration are displayed on the front panel Press OK to continue Flaten blue line calib Calibrating blue line Tolerances 6707 47 Measured walue 0675 Blue line correctly calibrated Press ok to continue 7 Follow the instructions on the front panel Then press OK to continue Flaten blue line calib 13 Open window and lift pinch lever 2 Remove paper 3 Lower pinch lever and close window Press o to continue 8 The front panel announces the success of the calibration Press OK to return to the menu Platen blue line calib Diagnostic result 0K Press ok to continue ENWW Entering the Service Calibrations menu 139 OMAS Calibration The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the OMAS Module The calibration process consists of printing a special calibration plot and then scanning it with the printer The resulting scanned values are compared with the actual printed values to obtain a PASS FAIL result E amp Y NOTE In order to perform this calibration you should order the Paper Advance Calibration Kit part number CQ109 67042 which contains a 150 roll of HP Coated Paper 36 inches wide part
112. DESIGNJET T7100 and T7100 Monochrome printer series Service manual Using this manual Purpose This service manual contains information necessary to test calibrate and service e HP Designjet T7100 printer Models CQ105A CQ106A e HP Designjet T7100 Monochrome printer Models CQ101A CQ102A For information about using these printers refer to the Using your printer manual Readership The procedures described in this service manual are to be performed by HP certitied service personnel only Part Numbers Part numbers for printer options accessories and service parts are located in Parts and diagrams on page 186 ENWW Table of contents E Prining BUSS CANCE TICES aa a EE S 1 PPer loa e E E E E EE E A E E veedetuenes 2 Paper advance calibration ssssssssisssriseis s onsrssssraoisinriiis drinke sani SOENE E ERES EEE ESE Ena EnS S RERAN ea 2 PL ithe C1 GignmEni cepisse eiea ean I E E EE E EET 3 Use or MOINS HONS eener e E E R E R EE EE 3 2 Toupie s hoolin crin nan vecusussnieteasnel casi ceeeneseesserlaeniaseasdectinstesssnn 5 Printer education and training a5 cetasetaasedecinsatansneeeaasiunenedwesessel enectetduiediecmseaeatenteebacurarneannnemearenters 7 Firmware OCI sarearen a E T E a E 7 PRIME OUNILY rouDES hoolin esserne nnn e E E E E 8 Troubleshooting system error codes nssssnonnsssseenessstnessessrtrersrsrenressrrroresssereessssrrerssssrerrsssseen 8 Performing a service test on a failed assembly
113. E Paper Drive Electronics Module Carriage Assembly H IDS Service Station e TAO Tnfoarmation El While the diagnostic is testing the Carriage Assembly it displays announcements of its current activity such as Initializing Getting information and Checking voltages Entering the Service Tests menu 95 W o gt Ee a E y Q j 2 When the tests are done the values of some parameters mostly voltages are displayed together with their allowed or valid range Press OK after each one to continue Carriage Assembly Carriage Voltage Vs 31 697 V Valid range is 30 0 34 0 Press k to continue 3 When prompted by the front panel open the Window open the Carriage Cover and remove all printheads from the Carriage Then close the Carriage Cover and the Window and press OK Carriage Assembly Please remove all pens Press m to continue If a printhead remains in the carriage after you press OK you are reminded to remove it Carriage Assembly Pen detected Please remove all pens Press w to continue or to exit If you are sure that all printheads were removed before this message appeared press Cancel the test ends and a system error message is displayed 4 When the printheads have been removed some additional parameters are checked and their values and or ranges are displayed Carriage Assembly Carriage Voltage V pp Valid range is 28 696 29 696
114. Elektra cpp 1422 20100824 18 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 4839 025452 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100824 19 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 439 025452 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100824 20 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 439 025452 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100824 Printhead Error Log Printheads name Serisi Humber Status Usage time ink ised Mas Recovery Level Erortode 1 Yelow Unknown 4 1 5778130 31 2009 0 Oh 26 0 524283 2 Yelow Unknown 4 1 5778127 31 2009 0 Oh 26 0 524288 3 Cyan Magenta 4 1 223723 27 2009 0 Oh 19 0 524288 4 Cyan Magenta 4 1 223718 27 2009 0 Oh 19 0 524288 Matte black Matte black 4 1 8434078 23 2009 0 Oh mM 0 524288 6 Matte black Matte black 4 1 8434043 28 2009 0 Oh 32 0 524288 7 Dark Gray Gray 4 1 5718117 31 2009 0 Oh 26 0 524288 8 Dark Gray Gray 4 1 5718105 31 2009 a Oh 26 0 524288 System Warning error e The Line and Internal Code do not provide much information but are useful in the case of escalating a problem to the division different internal error codes can point to the same error code e g 01 10 10 e Media Usage in square meters and Date from the printer s Internal Clock RTC help you to understand if the printer has been used media usage and how much time has passed since the last error Printhead error log e Printheads ago History of the last three Printheads used 0 represents the current Printhead used e Status 0 Working 1 No Printhead Detected 2
115. It is recommended to clean the Center Platen on a regular basis at least every few months or when required as follows 1 Unload any paper from the printer 2 Open the Window and with a dry brush remove ink deposits from the Cutter Groove and the Center Platen surtace Cutter Groove Center Platen Surface 3 Use a clean absorbent lint free cloth dampened with Isopropyl Alcohol not supplied in the Maintenance Kit to wipe loosened ink deposits from the Center Platen CAUTION Do not e Use commercial cleaners or abrasive cleaners e Wet the Center Platen directly because you will leave too much moisture behind e Wet the rubber wheels at all not even with the cloth ENWW Clean the Platen 463 4 Clean the Cutter ramp with the damp cloth 2 M A MD 5 Clean the exposed part of the wheels with a dry cloth Ideally clean the whole circumference of these wheels see Turn Drive Roller on page 109 Clean the Encoder Strip Cleaning the Encoder Strip is a vital part of the printer s maintenance and can clear a variety of system errors e 86 01 or 87 01 system errors and related mispositioning of the Carriage Assembly errors such as the carriage bumping into the side of the printer e 42 10 system error related to failures starting and homing the carriage on the scan axis e 29 01 and 29 02 system errors which cannot be cleared even after installing new Maintenance Cartridges
116. Magenta Cyan Printhead T7100 or Dark Gray Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 4 is deteriorating Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 5 01 Cause The Matte Black Printhead T7100 in slot 5 is deteriorating the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Q Ee fe uv ia e e pe Q E Q V gt an e Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 6 01 Cause The Matte Black Printhead T7100 in slot 6 is deteriorating the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 7 01 Cause The Gray Dark Gray Printhead T7100 in slot 7 is deteriorating the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty ENWW Continuable and non continuable err
117. Media Settings area missing in media settings file Solution Resend the file SE 79 03 Cause Generic firmware error N lt N f g 3 i ka fe gt A O Q M N Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the printer has the latest firmware version If not update the firmware to the latest version e Ifthe problem persists perform Hard Disk Recovery see Hard Disk recovery on page 120 SE 79 04 Cause Generic firmware error Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the printer has the latest firmware version If not update the firmware to the latest version e Try to reprint the image using different selections in the driver e Disable nesting and the queue 72 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW e Ifthe problem persists perform Hard Disk Recovery see Hard Disk recovery on page 120 e For more detailed information see How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error on page 28 SE 79 2 04 Cause Operating system signal error Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the printer has the lates
118. N lt N f g 3 i ka fe L A O Q M N Solution Try the following e Open the Maintenance Cartridge door on the right hand side of the printer make sure that the maintenance cartridge is correctly seated then close the door e Ifthe problem persists replace the Maintenance Cartridge SE 29 02 Cause Ink Absorber almost full Solution Replace the Ink Absorber SE 35 10 Cause Rear Door sensor error detected Solution Try the following e Check that the Left and Right Rear Door Sensor cables are not damaged and are connected correctly to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Rear Door Rear Door on page 344 SE 37 03 Cause ARSS motor shutdown Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the Rear Door Rear Door on page 344 SE 38 03 Cause Stacker communication protocol error Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 0 01 Cause Paper jam detected in stacker buffer sensor activated Solution Try the following e Open stacker window and remove paper e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer 58 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW SE 38 0 10 Cause Paper jam detected in stacker buffer sensor not activated Solution Try the following e Open stacker
119. Others gt Visual Media Diagnostic e Ifthe issue cannot be fixed after repeating the printhead alignment then try to clean the printheads To clean the printheads go to the front panel and select the icon then Clean printheads J ai p 2 2 lt e Ifthe issue cannot be fixed then replace the printhead color that is failing in the align check pattern e It there is an issue in the ThetaZ and it cannot be fixed check whether the paper works with OMAS If so the issue could be that the OMAS subsystem is malfunctioning Go to the advance troubleshooting and apply the OMAS process Force drop detection It the Nozzle Print Test plot has persistent white point banding in only one color that cannot be fixed with a printhead recovery you can use this option to resolve the problem by resetting the nozzle health database so that all nozzles are assumed to be correct Once the nozzle health database has been reset drop detection is forced The normal cause of this white point banding in a single color is the incorrect detection of failed nozzles by the drop detector Perform the test as follows 1 Go to the Service utilities menu and select Diagnostic Print Service utilities Turn Drive Roller Prime Tubes Reset life counters Diagnostic Print Lo d Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall Anick bling Rah Gea Faam 160 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW 2 Select Advanced Diagnostic Print Di
120. P Get Cmty Name Not Specified Default Network Statistics Link Local Total Packets Received 2433827 feS0 226 55fF fe13 461 Unicast Packets Received 2170857 Stateless Bad Packets Received o Not Configured Framing Errors Received o Total Packets Transmitted 59257 Unsendable Packets o Transmit Collisions o Transmit Late Collisions o DHCPv6 Not Configured TCP IP Manual IPv4 Enabled Not Configured IPv6 Enabled Host Name NPI002655130461 IPv4 Domain Name emea hpqcorp net IPv6 Domain Name Not Specified Primary DNS Server 16 110 135 52 Secondary DNS Server 16 110 135 51 DNS IPv6 Not Specified WINS Server 16 228 51 247 Idle Timeout 280 sec When the main window is open and the printer is printing safety compliance We describe the details of the behavior of the printer when the window is opened while the carriage is moving ENWW When the main window is open and the printer is printing satety compliance 27 If the main window is opened while the printer is doing something be it a swath of a print job or a system task the printer will 1 Before the carriage stops it will finish whatever it was doing when the window was opened It will not finish an image it was printing but it will finish the current swath so as to avoid any impact on image quality If it was performing a system task it will finish it betore stopping 2 Ifthe carriage finishes on th
121. Q 400 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Remove the Interconnect Cable and the Interconnect Power Cable Pinchwheel Assembly Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Open the Rear Door 3 Remove one T 20 screw that secures the Linkage to the Spring O gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 401 5 Disconnect the spring from the Pinch Wheel cam arm 7 Insert a plastic stud into each Pinchwheel Subassembly the Plastic Studs can be found in the replacement Pinchwheel Assembly kit J ma i L O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 402 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 8 Remove two T 20 screws Type M from each Pinchwheel Subassembly a 90 degree angle screwdriver is included with the replacement Pinchwheel Assembly E NOTE The illustration shows the 60 inch model center Pinchwheel Subassembly 9 Remove the complete Pinchwheel Assembly including the Cam and Cam Lever from the printer EY NOTE Before installing the new Pinchwheel Assembly insert the plastic studs into each Pinchwheel subassembly This will make it easier to install the complete Pinchwheel Assembly o gt e E Q a Sa p O Q he Q ase Le A Removing individual Pinchwheel Rollers ENWW Disassembly order 403 A To remove an ind
122. Removal 1 Remove the Right Cover Right Cover on page 413 2 Remove the Left Cover Left Cover on page 415 3 Remove two screws that secure the Temperature Sensor Plate N Q A o 9 ba O Q ka 9 3 e lt 2 416 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 4 Pull down the Temperature Sensor Plate 5 Remove two screws that secure the Safety Temperature Sensor Bracket from the lett side of the chassis 6 Loosen one screw that secures the top of the Left Heating Lamp Cover O e z Q i D a Q i Q e7 6 aes Ww ENWW Top Cover 417 7 Slide down the Safety Temperature Sensor Bracket ee ee _ lt SSO at 8 Remove three screws that secure the Top Cover from the right side N Q A o D ka O Q ka 9 3 fe lt 2 418 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 10 Remove the Top Cover with the Front Cover Lower Front Cover Removal 1 Remove the Right Cover Right Cover on page 413 2 Remove the Left Cover Left Cover on page 415 3 Remove the Drive Motor Drive Motor on page 425 4 Remove six screws that secure the top of the Electronics Module to the chassis O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e ENWW Lower Front Cover 419 5 Pull the Electronics Module down N Q A o 9 ba O
123. System Cover Right on page 256 6 Remove the Right Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Right on page 235 7 Pull the cable through the hole O gt Ce E Q on al hes Q B Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 339 8 Unroute the cable from the right arc PIANT AH ati jatgesese E P a a si rie a 5 a EREE i E A rl a H wage az So afst ote J Zn j D O Q D 3 Q s Cutter Assembly Removal 1 Select Replace cutter from the Service Menu see Replace Cutter on page 114 and follow the instructions on the Front Panel 340 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Open the Window 4 Remove one T 15 screw Type G that secures the Cutter Assembly to the Carriage Assembly O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A ENWW Disassembly order 341 5 Slide the Cutter Assembly to the left and remove from the printer PW Cover Removal 1 Remove three T 15 screws from the PW Cover 2 Remove the PW Cover pulling it out of the printer J ay ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 342 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Rear Trim Left Removal 1 Remove two T 20 screws from the Left Rear Trim 2 Remove the Left Rear Trim Rear Trim Right Removal 1 Loosen two screws in the Right Cover Q ENWW Disassembly order
124. System Test menu 2 After a brief delay the front panel displays information on the status of the ink supplies or an error message if any problem is found 3 If the test finishes successfully the front panel displays OK Clean air tubes The purpose of this procedure is to remove ink that may have got into the air tubes after a bag has broken in an Ink Cartridge This is this first stage in recovering from a broken bag It should be performed if there is any ink visible in the air tubes of the APS 1 Remove the Left Cover and check that the tubes from the APS to the ISS are clean If the tubes are clean of ink this procedure does not need to be performed However if there are sections of tube that have ink in them such as the examples indicated below with the red arrows then you should proceed with the following steps 2 Remove all the Ink Cartridges and install the dummy Ink Cartridges from the Broken Bag Fixing Tools kit part number CH955 67076 j M VN pes Wi Q Q M N 98 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 3 One of the dummy Ink Cartridges has two holes at the top This dummy Ink Cartridge must be inserted into the slot with the Broken Bag error Select Clean air tubes from the Ink Delivery System Test menu The front panel asks for confirmation The front panel asks you to contirm that the dummy Ink Cartridges are installed SS The printer pumps air through the air tubes p
125. a D 3 e lt Q 316 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 10 Remove one T 20 attachment screw from APS 1 Top unit 12 Remove the ISS See Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 317 13 Disconnect the APS 2 top unit valve electrical connectors from the PrintMech PCA and remove the cable from the ferrite on the righthand side of the Electronic Module f ALLA J gt j D xe Q ba 3 e lt Q 318 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 15 Unroute the APS 2 electrical connection from the Media Path Cover Encoder o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 319 18 Remove one T 20 attachment screw from APS 1 Top unit Scan Axis Motor Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Left Cover See Cover Left on page 226 3 Remove the Left Connector Cover See Connector Cover Left on page 236 J gt j D xe Q ni ba D 3 e lt Q 320 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Uncap the Carriage Assembly by manually pulling out the Printhead Maintenance Cartridge tray 5 Lift the Primer and hold the Primer to its maximum position to avoid damaging it when you move th
126. abandssenacesacssseyueseeess 461 M oisture on Me MUS sessrirrosrsrssuriin irienner a E Sa EEEE EREE i 462 Noisy Garr GS BUS NAG aiccencescectscecebarestictenee so aecentaeeaadextcetebamatouneeudncdueitdmiitesieteceidedineabannsdsanedesecesesee 462 Belt SW SING epee cece cece ence asta oct chee tases eaten wee gece geen ont eee oe ee 462 SISA CIS GING eects E AEN A E AAE AAT 462 Clean the Drive Roller and Overdrive ccccccccccccecccceeeeeeeee se eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeseeeaaees 462 Geam Kera aea E E E ewtepeatneceaseeuen tees 463 Clean the Encoder Sirip aogrctosttecataase dies ma mrattes toetyntet rinier te aa EE E EER EE E E ERa 464 Clean the Paper advance Sensor windoW cccccsecccceeeeeee ee eeeeee neces se eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeesaaeeeeenees 466 App olo Ne 01g eee me nce oO ne nn ee ee er ee eee 466 Lubricate the Carriage Assembly aeeenee meee ete teens Meter tn een eee ne nee Pn ene eee en eer 467 Scned led WGN SNC Gasset ceases sesracede enue n EEA EEEE E EET E EE E 468 Preventive Maintenance Kils chi sctcnterncteustGaenbnnjatenant sede ncee es E OE 468 ENWW 1 Printing tips and tricks 7 Q r ez S p S Ga e Paper loading on page 2 e Paper advance calibration on page 2 e Printhead alignment on page 3 e Use of multiple rolls on page 3 ENWW J Q O N Paper loading Rolls with 3 inch cores cause fewer ink smears and paper jams and the finished
127. ad or into its conductive packaging to prevent ESD damage to any ICs on the PCA Required Tools The following tools are required to disassemble and repair the printer e Along Torx Screwdriver with the following attachments T8 T10 T15 T20 and T25 e A long thin bladed T 10 Torx Screwdriver to remove the Primer The blade must be longer than 12 cm with a maximum diameter of 10 mm e Along thin bladed T 20 Torx Screwdriver to remove the OMAS Sensor The blade must be longer than 11 cm with a maximum diameter of 4 mm e AT8 Torx Screwdriver to remove the left cover The blade must be longer then 5 cm with a maximum diameter of 9 mm Screw types Toe fers Medes Sed pe Pav oer o pe p fe e o C A a a C CN a S C c e a a C a S a S 222 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW jDAowa ppd wajulig O T 20 12 7 Pan 0624 1062 Pan C2847 20018 Cover Right Removal 1 Open the Window EN 2 Remove one T 15 screw inside the printer O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A ENWW Disassembly order 223 3 Open the Maintenance Cartridge Door J a ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 224 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 225 Cover Left Removal 1 Open the Window b J a
128. age 108 1 Turn Drive Roller Turn Drive Roller on page 109 The purpose of this Service Utility is to rotate the Drive Roller and the Overdrive in order to clean them 2 Prime Tubes Prime Tubes on page 110 The purpose of this Service Utility is to Prime the Tubes when the Ink Tubes are NOT new and they need to be re primed or automatic priming was not completed correctly 3 Reset Life Counters Reset Lite Counters on page 112 The purpose of this Service Utility is to reset the internal lite counters There are two submenus that allow you to e Reset ALL the counters related to a Preventive Maintenance Kit PMK e Reset only the counters related to a specific replaced part 4 Diagnostic Print Diagnostic Print on page 113 The purpose of this Service Utility is to print the Diagnostic Print in order to identify image quality problems y o a as V Q j 5 Replace Cutter Replace Cutter on page 114 ENWW Service utilities 107 M N f Ww Q Q y M N 10 11 12 13 The purpose of this Service Utility is to move the Carriage to a position where the Cutter can be replaced easily Enable Disable Firewall Enable Disable Firewall on page 115 The purpose of this Service Utility is to enable or disable the printer s firewall Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M on page 116 The purpose of this Service Utility is to securel
129. age and remove the Smart Roll loading System Door Spring on each side Smart Roll loading System Door Arms Removal 1 Turn down the lever on each side of the Smart Roll loading System Door J gt j D L Q gt D 3 e lt Q 268 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 3 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 269 5 Move each Smart Roll loading System Door Arm downwards away from the door 7 Ei 7 Remove the Smart Roll loading System Door Arm ys s E J gt j D xe Q ba 3 e lt Q Rewinder Gear and Motor Removal 1 Unload the paper 2 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 3 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 270 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 5 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 6 Remove three T 10 screws 8 Rotate the Smart Roll loading System manually 1 until the gear to be replaced can be seen through the hole in the side plate 2 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 271 9 Remove three T 20 screws BEFFA ot NN J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e
130. agnostic Print Image Quality Service Best Image Quality Service Fast Image Quality Service Normal Advanced Diagnostic Print Print Reference Flot Normal e Print Reference Plot Fast 3 Select Force Drop Detection Advanced Diagnostic Print ePaper Advance Printhead Alignment Nozzle Health Force Drop Detection 4 Make sure that the ink system is ready and the covers and doors are closed then press OK Force Drop Detection Please check that Ink system is ready Covers and doors are closed Press w to continue or to exit 5 The printer performs drop detection Force Drop Detection Running drop detection process 6 When the process has ended press OK to return to the menu Disable Paper Advance Sensor This option allows the disabling of the Paper Advance Sensor and forces the advance control to use the analog encoder system The Paper Advance sensor will return to the default status after the unit is restarted The Paper Advance Sensor is also known as the Optimal Media Advance Sensor or OMAS Fix paper advance issues ENWW T7100 printers have a Paper Advance Sensor system that corrects the advance error automatically This system avoids the use of the traditional advance calibration system However there are some types of paper where this system cannot operate correctly because the type of material used for the paper To work with these types of paper the traditional advance system ba
131. aintenance section Once the value reaches 100 the corresponding Preventive Maintenance Kit should be used For further details see Preventive maintenance on page 461 Component usage One cycle is counted when the Carriage makes one movement to the left of the printer and then returns to the right To find the total of Monochrome ink consumed in cc use the the formula 0 61 Example For a value marked as 11504 use the formula 0 61 to convert it to cc 300cc 11504 9 300 Spittoon section This section contains information on the different Spittoons located in the printer Event logs This page contains the following information e Last 20 System Error Codes which prevented the printer from booting e Last 20 System Warnings which did not prevent the printer from booting but which required the user to acknowledge the problem 24 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW e Printhead Error log Carteret Socrtieypereniret CUENTAN mhala i U saeer Moe e lrA Event logs ALI LUET 2 let SPAY Covet roast arrest Event Logs Date 26 Sep 10 Product HP Designjet T7100ps Serial Number MYSB309003DC42 Firmware dragon Product number CQ105A Service ID 2091 Printer status MK cartridge is missing System Errors Event Severity Error Code internal Code AW Version Media Usane Line Date 1 severe 23 10 273686534 DRAGON_01_00_07 1 495 637695 PumpAndes cpp 1277 20100918 2 severe 79 04 1161889074 DRAGON_01_00_07 1 496 637695 AnalogS
132. and press OK Service utilities Turn Drive Roller E Prime Tubes H Reset Life counters Diagnostic Print Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall H Dick bline Rah Goma Faahi 2 The front panel offers a selection of prints Use the arrow keys to make the selection and press the OK key to start printing the required Diagnostic Print Diagnostic Print Image Quality Service Besti Image Quality Service Fast Image Quality Service Norm H Advanced Diagnostic Print Print Reference Plot Norma Print Reference Plot Best m Print Referenca Plat Fact El a k O a ol Ga 3 Make sure paper is loaded and that the Ink System is correctly installed Press the OK key to print the Diagnostic Print or press Cancel to exit without printing the Diagnostic Print Image Quality Service Best Please check that paper is loaded lever 1S lowered and printheads and cartridges are inserted Press w to continue Fress to exit 4 The selected Diagnostic Print is printed Diagnostic Part 1 Printhead Problems The Nozzle print test is designed to check if the Printhead nozzles print correctly The Image Quality Service Best should always be used to print this plot The nozzles check bottom of the plot is printed in a one pass full swath mode The diagnostics test prints out every single nozzle of each Printhead without applying an error hiding or alignment algorithm For each Printhead you ca
133. and remove all the Printheads Lift printhead cover Replace faulty printheads 6 When you have removed all the Printheads the front panel asks you to install the Setup Printheads 7 When you have installed the Setup Printheads the front panel displays the following message Close printhead cover and window y Oo e VN as V Q j ENWW Service utilities 111 M N f Ww Q Q y M N 8 When you have closed the Printhead Cover and the Windows the printer begins to purge the tubes 9 When the tubes have been purged the front panel asks you to open the Window 10 Check that all the Setup Printheads have some ink re all labeled setup printhead windows filled with ink C ALL with some ink C NOT all with ink 11 The front panel asks you to change the ink funnel and waste bottle but you should ignore this request Continue the purge procedure pressing OK to advance through the procedure but without changing any parts 12 At the end of the procedure the printer aligns the Printheads Reset Life Counters 112 The purpose of this Service Utility is to reset the internal life counters There are two submenus that allow you to e Reset all the counters related to a Preventive Maintenance Kit PMK e Reset only the counters related to a specific replaced part EY NOTE Always reset the lite counter of a corresponding part only after replacing
134. aper expansion more than when compared to the DJ5x00 or DJ 10x0 series Printheads fail repeatedly If you encounter intermittent quality issues that are not solved after replacing Printheads or repeated replacement of the same Printheads there might be a capping problem This could be caused damage to the Maintenance Cartridge or even the actual Carriage Assembly which is preventing the Printheads from being correctly capped The Maintenance Cartridge provides the capping for all of the Printheads and contains integrated Printhead caps wipers cleaners and waste ink disposal The following illustration shows a the components that make up the Maintenance Cartridge 180 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW Spittoons To cap the Printheads e The Carriage Assembly is first positioned over the Service Station e The Maintenance Cartridge moves towards the back of the printer which allows Pin 1 and Pin 2 on the Carriage Assembly to push against Rib 1 and Rib 2 to lift the caps into contact with the Printheads Pin 1 Pin 2 TN F in e r nE Improper capping of printheads will occur when any of the following elements break e Rib 1 or Rib 2 of the Maintenance Cartridge e Pin 1 or Pin 2 of the Carriage Assembly You should also check all the other elements of the Maintenance Cartridge plastic of each cap and so on and make sure the vacuum ports are clear If they are blocked you can clear them with a T 8 Torx
135. are printing incorrectly If necessary perform a printhead recovery through the front panel and retry the printhead alignment 11 When the whole Line Sensor calibration is completed successfully the following message is displayed Line Sensor calibration Diagnostic result OK Press to continue Calibrate Rewinder The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the printer s Rewinder Motor parameters To perform this test first load an empty spindle on the printer then the printer will start a set of movements to characterize and calibrate the motor 1 Select Calibrate Rewinder from the Calibrations menu Service calibrations Hl Paper advance calibration 4 H Drop Detector calibration Line Sensor calibration Calibrate Rewinder e Primer calibration Reset Vacuum Calibration m Flaten Klit e Tine calih 2 The front panel prompts you to load an empty spindle on the printer Calibrate Rewinder Press m to continue Press to exit 3 The front panel displays a message while perfoming rewinder calibration Calibrate Rewinder Please wait 132 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW 4 If the calibration completes successfully the front panel shows the result and prompts you to press OK to save values or Cancel if you prefer not to save values Calibrate Rewinder Store Values 251 304 Press w to continue Press to exit 5 If the calibration fails the front panel displays the re
136. ase the right end of the Paper Feed Brake 4 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 259 5 Remove the Paper Feed Brake Threading Roller Removal 1 Remove the Paper Feed Brake gt See Paper Feed Brake on page 258 2 Remove the Threading Roller Cover ya a Ld E NOTE Before attaching a new Threading Roller Cover you must clean off the glue from the previous one 3 Pull up the clips J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 260 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Remove the Threading Roller Smart Roll loading System Motor Removal 1 A Remove all paper rolls from the printer 2 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 3 Disconnect the cables trom the Smart Roll loading System Motor o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 261 5 Remove three T 20 screws 6 Remove the Smart Roll loading System Motor A WARNING The Smart Roll loading System could rotate unexpectedly when you remove the Motor Smart Roll loading System Gear Removal 1 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 2 A Remove all paper rolls from the printer J gt j D xe Q ni gt 3 e lt Q 262 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove three T 10 screw
137. ason Primer calibration The purpose of this Service Calibration is to compute the optimum position of the Primer Assembly with respect to the Carriage The calibration is a visual procedure so you will have to remove the Right Cover before starting Pertorm the Primer Assembly as follows 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Block the Maintenance Cartridge door switch in the closed position 3 In the Service Calibrations submenu scroll to Primer Calibration and press OK Service calibrations E Paper advance calibration 4 H Drop Detector calibration Line Sensor calibration Calibrate Rewinder Primer calibration Reset Vacuum Calibration m Flaten Klite Tine calih a 4 When the following message appears on the front panel you must press OK to continue or Cancel to exit the calibration Frimer Calibration Remove the service station cover carefully Hold the service station door sensor pressed Beware of moving parts Press w to continue or to exit 5 The calibration process starts and the front panel shows the following message Primer Calibration Initializing ENWW Entering the Service Calibrations menu 133 V e 5 en 2 Q Y gt hes T v Ta i a A D A Q T Q O 5 L 6 When the printer is ready the front panel prompts you to use the Up Down keys to move the carriage until the right hand edge of the left alignment mark on t
138. b Server Main characteristics e Only available in English except the current information page e From the Front Panel you can choose to print all pages or just select the specific pages that are needed If all pages are printed o Nesting is turned on automatically and turned off once all the pages have been printed o Nesting cannot be mixed with other jobs in the queue e Each page can be printed from the Web browser when using the Embedded Web Server e Each page can be sent by e mail from the Web Browser when using the Embedded Web Server File gt Send gt Page by E mail e You can see the same information through the Front Panel or the Embedded Web Server Current configuration This page contains full details of the current configuration of the printer 20 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW Current configuration Usage Information Event tags Calibration status Connectivity configuration Connectivity gt Gigabit Ethernet HP Designjet T7100ps CQ105A dara Es anan Current configuration Link state Up Date 26 Sep 10 iHost name NPI002655130461 emea hpqcorp net Serial number MY9B309003DC42 jesan name HP ii iret Plakek ei an IPv4 Configuration ES IP address 16 23 114 203 Physical Memory 768 MB RAM Icon fig by DHCP KER rd ae Subnet mask 255 255 243 0 Paner Suce Roll 2 Default gateway 96 23 1124 P Ta IPv6 Configuratio
139. behind a 79 04 error are as follows e Defective clusters on the hard disk If these clusters are used to execute the firmware or to process a job they may produce a 79 04 error However most 79 04 errors that are solved by a hard disk replacement are in fact data related 79 04 errors that could have been solved more efficiently and quickly by following the recommendations for such an error e Detective memory segments If the RAM memory has some defective segments a 79 04 error may occur when these segments are used oo p O O lt W 2 0 Yen e Intermittent detects in the electronic components that are involved in the processing of a job Carriage PCA Trailing Cable Formatter and PrintMech PCA This is a highly unlikely cause since defects in these components will produce subsystem specitic errors Cause There s no single set of symptoms behind hardware related 79 04 system errors However there are two relatively common causes e 79 04 during start up Restarting the printer may or may not solve the problem e 79 04 while processing or printing a job Restarting the printer and printing the same job does not always produce the error Solution In the following procedure perform each step as it appears in the list and move on to the next step only when you are sure the 79 04 error has not been cleared 1 Restart the printer in Diagnostics Boot mode and execute the service tests to check the functionalit
140. ble J a ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 240 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 2 Disconnect the Primer Valve Cables 4 Remove two I 15 screws o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 241 5 Remove the Primer Valves Primer Valve Cable Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Right Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Right on page 235 3 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover gt See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 4 Disconnect both Primer Valves from the Interconnect PCA J gt j D xe Q ei L D 3 e lt Q 242 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 5 Unplug the Primer Valve Cable 6 Unroute the Primer Valve cable from the cable clamp o gt O z D 2m ni S 5 a El D aes ia A Service Station Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Primer Assembly gt See Primer Assembly on page 238 ENWW Disassembly order 243 Remove the Primer Valves See Primer Valves on page 240 Remove the Drop Detector gt See Drop Detector on page 253 Remove
141. c the default try the other settings PostScript for a PostScript tile HP GL 2 for an HP GL 2 file on so on Then send the file again e Depending on the software drivers and RIPs that you are using with your printer different ways to solve this problem exist Refer to the vendor s user documentation for details One image overlays another on the same print The I O timeout setting might be too long On the front panel decrease the setting and print again Select the Re icon then Advanced gt Select I O timeout Pen settings seem to have no effect You have changed the settings on the front panel by selecting the icon followed by Printing preferences gt HP GL 2 gt Define palette but did not select that palette in Printing preferences gt HP GL 2 gt Select palette To enable the software driven pen settings go to the front panel and select the icon followed by Printing preferences gt HP GL 2 gt Select palette gt Software The image has a wood grain appearance aeroworms Aeroworms are wavy horizontal bands produced by air induced dot placement error DPE In extreme cases aeroworms give the image a wood grain appearance The problem occurs most commonly on ENWW Printquality issues by symptom 179 a h O gt o Ca S D amp a print jobs that are set for low quality and high speed It does not occur when the custom print quality setting is set to best To eliminate aeroworms se
142. can fool the sensor by reflecting the light Clean the Center Platen 3 Clean the Encoder Strip gt See Clean the Encoder Strip on page 464 4 The Line Sensor is not calibrated correctly Perform the Line Sensor Calibration See Line Sensor calibration on page 129 5 The Line Sensor is damaged or faulty Replace the Line Sensor See Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 How to remove the Left Hub when the actuator is broken You need a standard 90 Torx Allen key Torx T10 or Allen 2 5 10 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW Troubleshooting paper jams and printhead crashes EY NOTE If you were using HP Coated Paper when the problem occurred see also Printhead crashes smears on high density prints using coated paper on page 14 Paper jams and printhead crashes are grouped together because in many cases a paper jam causes the paper to lift up into the Carriage path and cause a printhead crash which means that many paper jams are reported as printhead crashes Question Did the paper jam occur when loading paper Is the customer using non HP paper Answer If paper jams have occurred previously some pieces of paper may still be stuck in the paper path Clear the paper path NOTE Customers offen store used rolls without protecting them from office environmental conditions when exposed to high humidity the paper edges tend to curl This curling can cause paper jams when paper is loaded by feeding paper in wi
143. cccccccesseseeccceeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeesseeeseeeeeeeseasaseeeeees 8 Performing the necessary service calibrations ccccccessseesccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeeasaaeeeeeees 8 The printer does not power On sss sssssisssssressssrirssrrirssrtrresstirssetiirsrsresstrirssrtirsserirnrerrrsssrresens 9 The printer hangs during printing and displays processing ccccccseecceeeeeneeeeeeueeeeseeueeeeeeesaeseees 9 The printer continuously rejects printheads cccccccsseccccceeeecceeseeeceeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeas 10 A new maintenance cartridge is incorrectly detected as used ou cceecccccecteseeeeeceeceeeeeeeeecssaeeseeeees 10 Cover sensors are NO WOKING c120 s crsesssuessesesscuedten stave i iai 10 The Line Sensor has problems detecting paper gassadeccsscvescae ceaysdeutawentodinseameesmsgyasaedeiemectataeusioers 10 How to remove the Left Hub when the actuator is broken cccsseecccceeeeseeeceeeeesaeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeees 10 Troubleshooting paper jams and printhead crashes ccccceeseeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeessaeeeeeeesaaeeeeees 11 TGV SIN ONS FINO WINS serine ian erene eE EErEE Rar ea ae 12 Vacuum suction much lower at high altitudes cccccececcceceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeesaeeseeees 13 Banding at variable extreme environmental conditions cccseeecceceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeueeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeaaas 13 Printhead crashes smears on high density prints us
144. cess b Switching the printer off and on again will not solve the issue The printer will continue displaying the 79 04 system error until the corrupt data have been cleared through a service procedure 2 When the corrupt data are accessed during normal printer operation a The printer will start up normally b When the data are accessed for example while printing while navigating the queue or when changing some settings the printer displays a 79 04 system error c The printer can restart normally d When the data are accessed again typically under the same conditions as in step b the 79 04 system error is displayed again Solution Data related 79 04 errors are often resolved by means of hardware intervention Since data are stored in physical components RAM EEROM and hard disk replacing these components with new ones that 30 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW are empty usually solves the problem However there are quicker and more effective solutions to these types of errors 1 Clear all information that has been introduced by the customer using the standard tools available in the printer a Delete all jobs from the queue from the front panel or the Embedded Web Server b Reset to factory defaults to clear the customer s configurations and calibrations c Delete any non standard paper presets in the printer both the ones that have been created by the user and the ones that have been installed as OMES profiles through the
145. ch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 2 Remove the Jetdirect Card if installed J gt j g Q ni ba g 3 e lt Q 360 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove three T 20 screws that secure the Ebox Cover Left 4 5 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 361 6 Unclip the connector then disconnect the OMAS Controller Card J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q 362 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 9 Disconnect the OMAS Controller Card from the Formatter and remove it from the printer OMAS Cable Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Right Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Right on page 235 3 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover gt See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 4 Remove the Service Station See Service Station on page 243 5 Remove the OMAS See Optical Media Advance Sensor OMAS on page 352 6 Remove one T 15 screw that secures the OMAS Cable clamp from the printer 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 363 7 Remove the OMAS Cable clamp from the printer J gt
146. d and turn on the printer e Open the Window and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Rewinder If there is a wrinkled mass of paper inside the paper path open the Rear Door and clear the obstruction e Replace the Rewinder Motor Rewinder Gear and Motor on page 270 SE 46 03 Cause Primer servo shutdown Solution Try the following e Check that the Primer Arm is not damaged and there are no obstacles in its way e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the Primer Assembly Primer Assembly on page 238 SE 46 13 Cause Primer test distance failed Solution Try the following e Check that the Primer Arm is not damaged and there are no obstacles in its way e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the Primer Assembly Primer Assembly on page 238 SE 50 03 Cause OMAS fatal error or disconnected Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the Power Supply to OMAS Controller cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the PSU and the OMAS Controller Card e Replace the OMAS Controller Card OMAS Controller Card on page 360 SE 50 1 10 ENWW Cause
147. d not the printer Do not attempt to replace printer parts to solve this problem Solving paper handling problems The front panel keeps indicating that paper Is misaligned or incorrectly positioned oo O 2 lt VN i 2 gt 0 Yen e The roll may be loaded the wrong way The paper should load over the roll toward you e Check that the paper is correctly loaded onto the spindle e The paper may be loaded at an angle The right hand edge must be aligned with the blue line on the Print Platen E amp Y NOTE Ensure that the paper is wrapped tightly on the roll This is a very important step to remember because if this is not done the paper may be loaded at an angle causing the paper to be rejected e The Line Sensor may be malfunctioning See The Line Sensor has problems detecting paper on page 10 Difficult to load paper Too much skew If you encounter a high failure rate when loading paper and the front panel reports Too much skew it is likely that e The encoder strip must be cleaned this can be carried out by the customer using the User Maintenance Kit e The Line Sensor must be cleaned e The Blue Line calibration must be performed See Platen blue line calibration on page 138 How to read the power switch LEDs In certain circumstances the LEDs located on top of the power switch located at the rear of the printer indicate the status of power supply to the printer ENWW Worm ma
148. dard USB flash drive with no other files Connect the flash drive to the formatter s USB host port to perform the firmware update following the instructions on the front panel e Skip the firmware update If you cannot find the USB flash drive and you have no Internet connection you can skip the forced tirmware update temporarily by pressing the OK key on the front panel three times and the printer will continue with the initialization sequence Make sure that the firmware update is performed later The printer will request the firmware update every time that it starts until the update is performed ENWW Printer education and training 7 Print quality troubleshooting Whenever a print quality problem appears it is advisable to print the Diagnostic Print to help diagnose the problem The Diagnostic Print will help you differentiate between possible printhead errors and other problems such as incorrect front panel selection driver or RIP configuration or mechanical problems For more information on solving printquality problems see Print quality on page 145 Troubleshooting system error codes System error codes on page 41 contains a list of system error codes and their respective descriptions and recommended corrective actions Try only one recommended action at a time and check whether the error code has disappeared If you have an error code which is not documented in this Service Manual or you have an error which you cannot resolve t
149. der Strip 2 The front panel explains what you need to clean the Encoder Strip Press OK to continue or Cancel to exit Clean Encoder Strip Get a cloth from the cleaning kit and wet it ONLY with Water Press w to continue or to cancel 3 Open the Window Open window 4 Clean the Encoder Strip as shown in the front panel and press OK when finished Clean encoder strip on both sides with cloth press wk 5 Close the Window The Carriage moves to the left hand side of the printer Close window to continue ENWW Clean the Encoder Strip 465 Y Q c 5 c D D 2 p D Q A D 6 The front panel prompts you to reopen the Window and clean the right hand side of the encoder strip inside the Service Station Press OK when finished Clean encoder strip inside service station then Press m 7 Close the Window The Carriage returns to its ready position in the Service Station Close window to continue Clean the Paper advance Sensor window The paper advance sensor is the very small rectangular window less than 1 square centimeter in size and shown in the following graphic near the sixth platen roller from the right Use a clean absorbent lint free cloth that you have slightly dampened with isopropyl alcohol to very gently wipe any dust and loosened ink deposits from the sensor window Apply oil to the Overdrive Occasionally it may be necessary to oil the Ov
150. ding System Cover Right on page 256 2 Remove the Left Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Left on page 257 3 Put the tube bushing in this position on each side a J gt j g xe Q ba M 3 e lt Q 280 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW ENWW 4 Remove the tube bushing by pushing it from behind 5 Remove one T 15 screw from the left hand lever y 6 Remove one T 15 screw from the right hand lever Disassembly order 281 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A 7 Remove the Smart Roll loading System Door Carriage Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 Remove the Front Panel See Front Panel on page 236 Remove the Primer Assembly See Primer Assembly on page 238 Remove the Left Cover See Cover Left on page 226 Remove the Encoder Strip See Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 YT 2 Pull out the Printhead Maintenance Cartridge tray J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 282 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 7 Lift the Primer and hold the Primer to its maximum position to avoid damaging it when you move the Carriage in the next step O gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly orde
151. ds in the Carriage Assembly light and dark bands appear in the print job and the image may look grainy The printer is calibrated to advance correctly with all the papers in the front panel When you select the type of loaded paper the printer adjusts the rate at which to advance the paper while printing However if you are using custom paper or are not satistied with the default calibration of your paper you may need to calibrate the rate at which the paper advances You can check the paper advance calibration status of the currently loaded paper at any time Select the icon gt View loaded paper gt View paper details There are three types of status e DEFAULT This status is displayed when loading an HP paper HP papers in the front panel have been optimized by default and unless you experience image quality problems in your printed image such as banding or graininess it is not recommended to calibrate the paper advance e RECOMMENDED This status appears when a new paper is created The paper advance values for this paper are inherited from the family type In cases such as these it is recommended that you perform a paper advance calibration to optimize the values e OK This status indicates that the loaded paper has been calibrated before However you may need to repeat the calibration if you experience image quality problems such as banding or graininess in your printed image E NOTE Whenever you update the printer s firmware the
152. e ENWW Disassembly order 331 O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A 3 Remove two T 20 screws from the right side 4 Remove the Roller Guide with Mylar from the Entry Platen Optical Media Advance Sensor OMAS Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Open the Rear Door 2 Remove paper if loaded 3 Remove the Entry Platen See Entry Platen on page 349 4 Insert the T 20 thin bladed torx screwdriver supplied with the replacement OMAS into the access hole at the rear of the printer J a 9 L O Q L a 3 fe lt 2 352 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 5 Remove and discard one T 20 screw which secures the OMAS horizontally to the printer 6 From the bottom of the printer remove and discard one T 20 screw which secures the OMAS vertically to the printer 7 Carefully lower the OMAS from the printer as far as you can with the large ribbon cable still connected O gt o E on eal Em e Q S D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 353 8 Release the two locking clips of the large ribbon cable connector 9 Disconnect the large ribbon cable from the OMAS J ma i L O Q ai L i 3 e lt 2 Installation 354 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW amp NOTE To simplify the installation of the OMAS an Attachment Screw Retain
153. e 234 mi 19 4 Cyan Magenta false true 235 ml 19 5 Matte black false true 380 mi 1 Matte black false true 388 mi 32 7 Dark Gray Gray false true 320 mi 26 8 Dark Gray Gray false true 324 ml 27 Current Printhead Kit Info IV Usage Time Max Recovery Level Scen Axis Shutdown 1 Yellow Oh 0 0 2 Yellow oh 0 0 3 Cyan Magenta Oh 0 0 4 Cyan Magenta Oh 0 0 5 Matte black Oh 0 0 6 Matte black Oh 0 0 7 Dark Gray Gray Oh 0 0 8 Dark Gray Gray Oh 0 0 Current Media Printhead and Ink Information 2 of 2 Date 26 Sep 10 Product HP Designjet T7100ps Serial Number MY9B309003DC42 Firmware dragon Product number CQ105A Service ID 2091 Printer status MK cartridge is missing Current Ink Cartridge Info 1 Statirs Product Name Product Humber Seria Number install Date Yellow OK HP 761 CMg92A4 2846683 5 4 20100331 Cyan OK HP 761 CM994A 241960 5 4 20100710 Matte black missing Dark Gray OK HP 761 CMS96A 1185440 24 4 20100711 Magenta OK HP 761 CMS93A 2808908 15 4 20100516 Gray OK HP 761 CM99SA 2263 14 4 20100430 Current ink Cartridge Info i Expiration Date Manufactures Capscily Levet Used non HP ink Yellow 20120310 HP 400 mi 44 false Cyan 20120805 HP 400 mi 90 false Matte black mil Dark Gray 20121220 HP 400 mi 38 false Magenta 20121021 HP 400 mi 74 false Gray 20121009 HP 400 mi 58 false Chapter 2 Troubleshooting The first two lines are available at the beginning of each Service Information Page and contains standard infor
154. e 374 holder and screws F CQ101 67004 Hard Disk Drive for T7100 Monochrome Hard Disk Drive HDD on page 374 includes holder and screws 8 CQ105 67049 EE Box Cover AY 9 CQ105 67051 EE Box Cable Kit ba r 10 CQ109 67030 EE Box Base 42 includes EE Box Cover G and EIO Cover Q 11 Q1273 60237 EIO to PCI Interface Q o 12 CQ105 67017 EE Box Top Cover Q 3 VN 190 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Right Cover Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 67048 Right Cover Cover Right on page 223 2 CQ105 67052 Right Service Station Door for T7100 Maintenance Cartridge Door on page 327 2 CQ101 67009 Right Service Station Door for T7100 Maintenance Cartridge Door Monochrome on page 327 3 CQ105 67037 Right Trim Trim Right on page 333 4 CQ105 67005 Front Panel and cable Front Panel on page 236 5 CQ105 67018 Right and Left Smart Roll loading System Cover VN z 5 im D Ee Ee c 5 VN an im 5 A ENWW Printer 191 Left Cover Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 67036 Left Trim Trim Left on page 334 2 CQ105 67026 Left Cover Cover Left on page 226 3 CQ105 67018 Right and Left Smart Roll loading System Cover J Q at N Q 5 Q Q Q Q 3 VN 192 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Right hand Assemblies ENWW Number in figure 2 HP part number Q1273 60086 CQ105 67042 CQ101 67005 CQ109 67017 Q1273
155. e Carriage Assembly in the next step 6 Move the Carriage Assembly slightly away from the right Scan Axis Bracket 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 321 7 Remove one T 20 screw that secures the Belt Tensioner to the Chassis 8 Release the Carriage Belt trom the Scan Axis Motor on the left hand side of the printer J gt mja D xe Q ni ba D 3 e lt Q 322 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 9 Disconnect the Scan Axis Motor cable from the PrintMech PCA and its ferrite O gt e z Q i nim p e Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 323 11 Remove two T 20 screws Type A that secure the Scan Axis Motor E NOTE Make sure you hold the Scan Axis Motor securely when removing the screws 12 Remove the Scan Axis Motor from the printer NOTE After installing the new Scan Axis Motor make sure you perform the following Service Utility e Reset scan motor life counter Reset Life Counters on page 112 Media Axis Motor Removal J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Lett Cover See Cover Left on page 226 2 Remove the PW Cover See PW Cover on page 342 3 Remove the Left Connector Cover See Connector Cover Left on page 236 324 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW
156. e at normal environmental conditions printing in extreme environmental conditions will cause banding because the advance of the Drive Roller does not ENWW Vacuum suction much lower at high altitudes 13 O O 2 lt VN i 2 gt 0 Yen ka e SE D N gt O fe r Q correspond to the same conditions that the calibration was done in To solve the problem perform the Accuracy Calibration in the new environmental conditions see Using your printer Printhead crashes smears on high density prints using coated paper High density prints can cause cockle mainly on HP Coated Paper This causes two main problems 1 Cockling in the borders Because the printer places too much ink on the Coated Paper the borders of the print become raised causing the Printhead to crash against the paper To solve the problem try the following e Change the paper margins to 15mm either in the Front Panel or in the Driver If the customer is printing PostScript images send them a PPD file containing the extended margins of 15mm 2 Cockling within the print If the printer places too much ink within the print the paper starts to ripple causing the Printhead to smear against the paper To solve the problem try the following e Check in the Front Panel if Ink Limiting is ON or OFF If Ink Limiting is OFF turn it ON e Never use HP Coated Paper for High Density prints As a substitute use HP Heavy Coated Pape
157. e left side of the printer the carriage will always slowly move to the right side of the printer 3 The printheads will be placed in their capping positions Here are some different scenarios of what happens when the window is opened e Ifthe printer is printing an image when the window is opened The carriage will not stop immediately the printer will finish the swath and then stop If the cover is then closed the printer will start to print from the position it was stopped e Ifthe printer is cutting the media The carriage finishes the cutting procedure mal ka fe SE D N gt fe fe Q e Ifthe printer is checking the SKEW while loading the media During the skew check the printer does small movements of the carriage on the right side of the printer and also moves the media when needed This procedure checks that the edge of the media is moving laterally or not If the window is opened while the printer is checking the media SKEW the printer will complete the skew procedure and it will continue well after the window has been opened This is the only case when the printer will not stop the carriage at the end of a lateral movement as a swath The safety system in place is designed to detect an object in the path of the carriage as it moves across the printer any object encountered will cause the system to shut down the driver motor in the carriage This method of ensuring safety is considered sufticient
158. e paper advances have been performed the calibration values are calculated based on the data obtained fe NOTE Before starting the process make sure that HP Coated Paper is loaded and ready to print 1 The printer checks that there is paper ready to print If there is no paper ready the following message is displayed After a few seconds the front panel automatically returns to the Paper Advance Calibration submenu Perform Calibration Process Paper not ready 2 If there is paper ready the printer performs the zero search for the Paper Motor During this phase the following message is displayed Perform Calibration Process Performing paper advance calibration 3 When the Paper Motor has been initialized the printer starts to perform the series of paper advances During this process the front panel displays the current iteration number and the total number ot iterations Perform Calibration Process Performing paper advance calibration Iteration 32 af 9 Press to exit You can cancel the calibration process at any time by pressing Cancel In this case the previous calibration values are restored and the cancelled process has no effect on the printer ENWW Entering the Service Calibrations menu 125 4 If the calibration process finishes without errors the new calibration values are checked If the values are considered valid they are displayed and saved for use in future Press OK to return to the main sc
159. e paper type with which you were experiencing unacceptable image quality if feasible some paper types are not suitable for Printhead Alignment Diagnostic Part 3 Printheads and paper advance test This test is designed to check whether the Printheads and the Paper Advance Mechanism are working correctly This part of the Image Quality Test should not be used to check for color consistency or accuracy Banding If the printer is experiencing a banding problem you will see repetitive horizontal bands within the printed image e Dark line banding repeated along the band from top to bottom at the same distance J ai f 2 a lt e White line banding repeated along the band from top to bottom at the same distance The plot is printed in Best or Normal mode according to the menu option selected with Error Hiding on The first top band has 100 ink density patches while the bottom band has 50 ink density SS Troubleshooting Banding Problems If banding does not occur in all the colors then it is more than likely a Printhead problem In this case try the following 1 Check that the appropriate print quality settings are being used 2 Recover the printheads using the option through the Front Panel Image quality maintenance gt Clean printheads Reprint the Diagnostic Print or the print file and if the problem persists replace the faulty Printhead If banding does occur in all the colors then it is
160. e printheads go to the printer s front panel and select the ink then Image quality maintenance gt Clean printheads Then select which printheads you would like cleaned You can clean all of the printheads or only some of them Your choices are e Clean all e Clean Y e Clean M C e Clean MK MK e Clean D DG Cleaning all of the printheads takes about five minutes Cleaning any two printheads takes about three minutes Purging the ink takes about six minutes 2 Reprint the Printhead Nozzles Test Plot to check that the defective nozzles have been corrected 3 Ifthe problem continuous replace the detective Printhead 154 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW Diagnostic Part 2 Alignment test This test is designed to check any color to color and bi directional misalignment the printer may have The Image Quality Service Best should always be used to print this plot i I5 1 If the printer is experiencing horizontal misalignment problems the Alignment Test will show something like this a k O o sjm S 2 amp a 2 Ifthe printer is experiencing vertical misalignment problems the Alignment Test will show something like this 3 Ifthe printer is experiencing bi directional misalignment problems the Alignment Test will show something like this p 7 ENWW How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 155 Corrective Action A Perform a Printhead Alignment using the sam
161. e product life Preventive Maintenance Kits Normal printer use means 6 000 000 Carriage Cycles which corresponds to approximately 100 000 AO prints on average Under normal usage conditions it will be approximately 5 years before the printer needs maintenance If the printer is used more heavily than normal then it will need maintenance service much more frequently One of the EEROM counters is assigned to counting the number of carriage cycles When certain components of the printer exceed this amount the front panel displays the following message Maintenance 1 required The following message is triggered depending on the total quantity of ink spitted in each Spittoon Maintenance 2 required Once one of the maintenance advised messages is displayed the preventive maintenance kit must be used to replace the most worn parts of the printer See Printer part removal and installation on page 215 Preventive Maintenance Kit 1 This Preventive Maintenance Kit 1 contains the following components e Encoder Strip Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 e Encoder spring Nut Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 step 8 e Carriage PCA Cover Carriage PCA on page 289 e Belt Tensioner Assembly gt Scan Axis Motor on page 320 step 7 e Cutter Assembly Cutter Assembly on page 340 e Redial Retainer Assembly Installation of the Drive Roller on page 409 e Line Sensor Cable Line Sensor Assembly on page
162. eads are inserted Cartridges are inserted Press w to continue or to exit 4 The printer will initialize some subsystems and move the carriage out of the service station After that it will ask you to select the printhead to prime Use the Up Down keys to change the printhead number and press OK to select Primer Select the printhead you want to prime Printhead 1 Use UP DOWN to scroll ENTER to confirm or CANCEL to exit While the printhead is being primed a message saying Priming printhead will appear in the front panel indicating the number of the selected printhead If any error occurs a system error will identity the part that has failed y o a as V Q j ENWW Entering the Service Tests menu 103 M N f Ww Q Q y M N 5 Once the printhead has been primed correctly the message below appears Press OK to turn off the printer Primer Diagnostic result OK Press w to shut down Aerosol test The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Aerosol Fan s Perform the Aerosol test as follows 1 Start the printer in Diagnostic mode Up and OK keys pressed at switch on time until the HP logo appears Go to the Service Station submenu Diagnostics menu Scan Axis E Paper Drive Electronics Module Carriage Assembly H IDS Service Station m TSAO Tofoarmatinon E 2 Within the Service Station submenu select the Aero
163. ector or USB if available 7 Escalate the issue providing the following information e Unit information S N P N accessories e Conditions where the problem occurs and conditions prior to the first occurrence of the problem e The results of the previous steps e The printer information pages either printed and faxed or obtained through the Embedded Web Server e The System Error detailed information it can be obtained by pressing CANCEL Down e Information on the workflow Operating System o Application o Driver Settings in the driver and the application Settings in the printer o0 Connection method and settings 38 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW e The original file along with the information on how to reproduce the issue e A print to file that can reproduce the issue e The printer logs B Random 79 04 during continuous printing The error does not happen with a single job It happens randomly during continuous printing normally while the printer is managing a heavy load printing a project or in a reprographics environment This type of error is caused either by memory leaks or by concurrence issues in the printer s firmware They normally happen in unusual environments where these memory leaks or concurrence issues that have not been detected during qualitication have occurred These issues cause the printer to crash at a completely random moment during printing and are not associated to a s
164. ellow 1 empty yellow 2 magenta 1 cyan 1 magenta 2 cyan 2 matte black 1 matte black 1 matte black 2 matte black 2 light grey 1 dark grey 1 light grey 2 dark grey 2 The T7100 Monochrome status code consists of 8 digits one for each group of nozzles in the following order matte black 1 matte black 1 matte black 2 matte black 2 empty dark grey 1 empty dark grey 2 Each digit can take one of the following values e 0 no data or error e l scans and corrections OK corrections at risk level 1 scans at risk level 1 2 3 e 4 scans and corrections at risk level 2 5 corrections at risk level 2 6 scans at risk level 2 e 7 scans and corrections at risk level 2 It all digits are O printhead alignment is pending In this case perform printhead alignment If you see 3 4 6 or 7 anywhere the results of the pattern scan are worse than expected Try loading photo paper to ensure that the problem is not the paper If the problem persists calibrate the Line Sensor if the problem still persists replace the Line Sensor If you see 2 or 5 anywhere the pattern scan is OK but the corrections are out of the expected range Try reseating the affected printhead s and then perform the alignment again If the problem persists replace the affected printhead s 150 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW Closed loop color calibration The T7100 status code consists of 16 digits one for each group of nozzles
165. em and then reinserting them 2 Align the printheads Lines are discontinuous If your lines are broken in the following way 170 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW 1 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings 2 Reseat the printheads by removing them and then reinserting them 3 Align the printheads Lines are blurred a h o sjm S 2 ec Humidity can cause ink to soak into the paper making the lines blurred and fuzzy Try the following 1 Check that your environmental conditions temperature humidity are suitable for high quality printing 2 Check that the paper type selected in the front panel is the same as the paper type you are using To check on the front panel use the View information key Q 3 Try changing to a heavier paper type such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper 4 Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded this will persuade the printer to use less ink Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness Plain Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper 5 Ifyou are using glossy paper try changing to a different type of glossy paper 6 Align the printheads ENWW Printquality issues by symptom 171 J a p we 2 z Line lengths are inaccurate If you have measured your printed lines and find that the lengths are not suffic
166. en View loaded paper gt View paper details 3 Ifthe customer is using low quality paper try recommending better quality paper preferably HP paper Printer performance can only be guaranteed by using recommended papers 4 Check the advance with the help of the Visual Paper Advanced Diagnostic refer to Visual paper advance plot on page 165 168 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW EY NOTE If there is white point banding in only one color band and the problem cannot be fixed using Printhead recovery in some cases using the Force Drop Detection option can fix this issue see Others Diagnostics Force Drop Detection Lines are too thick too thin or missing U 1 Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software To check on the front panel use the View information key Q a k O a a 2 Ga 2 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings for your purposes Select the custom printquality options in the driver dialog and try turning on the Maximum detail option if available You may wish to reprint your job at this point in case the problem has been solved 3 Ifthe resolution of your image is greater than the printing resolution you may notice a loss of line quality If you are using the HP GL 2 and HP RTL driver for Windows you can find the Max Application Resolution option in the driver dialog s Advanced tab under Document O
167. ences gt Paper options Kaam sienna enemas ae Paper size Automatic 6 0 70 mm 6 6 a 0 70 mm 6 6 0 70 mm 6 Remove top bottom blanks Off 7 0 80 mm 7T A 0 80 mm Of 080mm 7 a ita 8 090mm 8 8 090mm 8 0 90mm 8 re 9 100mm 12 00mm 12 9 00a 12 ka Setup gt Printing preferences gt Margins ae Ae n1 a 10 40mm 18 10 140mm 18 10 140mm 18 ero gt Printing preferences gt PS a P ali m m a n 200mm 2711 2 00 mm 27 nco ing omatic Ha mee 300mm 35 12 mee 300mm 35 12 300mm 35 Setup gt Job 1 management options gt Nest options fea off 13 500mm 68 13 500mm 68 13 500mm 68 Wait time 1 min e 14 Ge 300mm 100 14 Me 868 00 mm 100 14 Me 8 00 mm 100 15 E 200mm 110 15 HS 20mm 110 15 E 200mm 110 Current media printhead and ink information This page contains the following information e Current Printer Configuration e Paper Loaded Information e Current Printhead Kit Information ENWW How to interpret the Service Information Pages 21 e Current Ink cartridge Information and Il Uenege Prt eat AUDIA sale LDII Corte rao 22 Current Media Printhead and Ink Information 1 of 2 Date 26 Sep 10 Product HP Designjet T7100ps Serial Number MY9B309003DC42 Firmware dragon Product number CQ105A Service ID 2091 Printer status MK cartridge is missing Current Printer Configuration Current Printhead Kit Info
168. encoder Paper Drive Calibrating analog encoder W o a as V Q j ENWW Entering the Service Tests menu 93 6 The calibration results are displayed Paper Drive Diagnostic result 4 8 Z E 2 8 1 Press ok to continue Press to reject Acceptable values are e Gain between O and 5 e DGain between O and 15 e Offset between 80 and 80 If the results are acceptable press OK If the results are unacceptable then press Cancel 7 The printer performs the encoder homing test Paper Drive Analog encoder homing test 8 The front panel asks you to remove the paper If you loaded a roll earlier unload it manually Press OK when done 9 Some further tests are performed and the results displayed Paper Drive PWM avg 20820 46 Speed error 21 00 PWM stDey 100 89 PWM max 20975 00 Press to continue 10 When the whole test has been completed successfully the following message is displayed Press OK to restart the printer Paper Drive Diagnostic result OF Press ok to restart Electronics Module test The purpose of this test is to diagnose a failure in the operation of the Formatter 1 In the Service Tests submenu scroll to Electronics Module Test and press OK 2 A message appears on the Front Panel asking whether you would like to check the Formatter Press OK to continue with the test or Cancel to exit Electronics Module Check the formatter
169. ensorCommon cpp 254 20100914 3 severe 21 13 278925314 DRAGON_01_00_07 1 496 637695 ServiceStationCommon cpp 1112 20100914 4 severe 21 13 278925314 DRAGON_01_00_07 1 496 637695 ServolMotorServiceStation cpp 72 20100914 5 severe 79 04 11618389074 LATEST 496 637695 MemoryAsicCommonMsg cpp 93 20100906 6 severe 24 13 278925314 LATEST 496 637695 ServoMotorServiceStation cpp 72 20100906 7 severe 79 04 1161889074 LATEST 493 797058 MemoryAsicCommonisg cpp 93 20100905 8 severe 79 04 1161839074 LATEST 493 797058 VppRegulatorHorus cpp 631 20100905 9 severe 79 04 1161889074 LATEST 493 797058 MemoryAsicCommonMsg cpp 93 20100905 10 severe 79 04 1161839074 LATEST 493 797058 VppReguiatorHorus cpp 631 20100905 O 11 severe 21 13 278925314 LATEST 493 797058 ServoMotorServiceStation cpp 72 20100903 12 severe 79 04 1161889074 LATEST 493 235779 MemoryAsicCommonMisg cpp 93 20100831 pm 13 severe 21 13 278925314 LATEST 493 235779 ServoMotorServiceStation cpp 72 20100831 re 14 severe 79 04 1161889074 LATEST 492 969971 MemoryAsicCommonMsg cpp 93 20100831 15 emergency 79 04 1074794497 LATEST 492 969971 EngineWatchdogBase cpp 594 20100831 O 16 severe 23 10 273636534 LATEST 492 969971 PumpAndes cpp 1277 20100831 E 17 severe 79 04 1161889074 LATEST 491 104797 VpmRotationStorage cpp 589 20100828 7 18 severe 79 04 1161889074 LATEST 439 291250 MemoryAsicCommonMsg cpp 93 20100827 19 severe 21 13 278925314 LATEST 489 291260 ServoMotorServiceStation cpp 72 20100327 20 seve
170. enti shapabon statue Connectivity configuration ames f Connectivity Configuration Date 26 Sep 10 Product HP Designjet T7100ps Serial Number MY9B309003DC42 Firmware dragon Product number CQ105A Service ID 2091 Printer status MK cartridge is missing IO DIAGNOSTIC PAGE Sessa ases Gigabit Ethernet 555 USB Installed yes Disabled yes IP enabled yes Printing enabled yes Firewall enabled no JetDirect EIO O Installed no Printing enabled no oz O Connectivity Configuration v l Date 26 Sep 10 Product HP Designjet T7100ps Serial Number MY9B309003DC42 me Firmware dragon Product number CQ105A Service ID 2091 Printer status MK cartridge is missing re thom Gigabit Ethernet General Information more S i e Status I O Card Ready Status Ready Model Number CQioSA Hardware Address 002655130461 IP Address 16 23 114 203 Firmware Version dragon Subnet Mask 255 255 248 0 Port Config AUTO Default Gateway 16 23 112 1 Auto Negotiation On Config By DHCP DHCP Server 16 228 51 250 Security Settings IPsec Disabled Bonjour Service Name Secure Web HTTPS Optional HP Designjet T7100ps 130461 Cert Expires 2015 07 11 22 00 UTC SNMP Versions Te 2 meee ee pe ae eo et IPv6 SNMP Set Cmty Name Not Specified Default Status Ready SNM
171. er if i a Yd a S 4 f n F a t i a N Q A o D ka 5 Q ka 9 3 fe lt 2 430 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 5 Disconnect the cables from the Safety Temperature Sensor E NOTE When removing or installing the Safety Temperature Sensor take care not to damage the surface of the Heat Roller Temperature Sensor PCA Removal 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable 2 Open the Front Cover O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e ENWW Temperature Sensor PCA 431 3 Remove two screws that secure the Temperature Sensor Plate 4 Slide the Temperature Sensor Plate down 5 Turn the Temperature Sensor Plate over N Q e a i a 5 Q ka M 3 e lt 2 432 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 6 Disconnect the cable trom the Temperature Sensor PCA 8 Remove the Temperature Sensor PCA Media Sensor Removal 1 Remove the Right Cover Right Cover on page 413 O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e ENWW Media Sensor 433 2 Disconnect the cables from the Media Sensor on the right side of the stacker E NOTE When you reinstall the Media Sensor it is important to connect the cables correctly The cable marked LS2 is closest to you the cable marked LS1 is closest to the stacker N Q A o D ka O
172. er Sensor on page 427 e Safety Temperature Sensor on page 429 e lemperature Sensor PCA on page 431 e Media Sensor on page 433 e Extension Tray on page 435 e Receiving Tray on page 437 e Printer Interlocks on page 438 e Paper Infeed Platen on page 440 e Electronics PCA on page 441 e Power Supply Unit on page 444 e Heating Lamp on page 448 e Heat Roller on page 452 e Transport Belt on page 454 N Q A o i a O Q ka 9 3 fe lt 2 412 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW Right Cover Removal 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable 2 Open the Front Cover o gt O z D dea as oy 5 a 2a T X 5 sim N ENWW Right Cover 413 5 Remove one screw that secures the Right Cover from underneath at the rear ee eee 6 Remove the LED from inside the Right Cover X TIP Use a flatended screwdriver to prise off the plastic holder securing the LED to the inside of the Right Cover N f Q A o i a O Q ai ka i 3 e lt a 414 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW Left Cover Removal 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable 2 Open the Front Cover O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim Ww ENWW Left Cover 415 5 Remove one screw that secures the Left Cover from underneath at the rear 6 Remove the Left Cover Top Cover
173. er has been added to hold the two T 20 attachment screws This part is delivered attached to the replacement OMAS unit with the two attachment screws It is also delivered as a separate part with the Center Platen in case the OMAS is completely removed during its replacement 1 Check that the two T 20 attachment screws are correctly positioned in the Attachment Screw Retainer 2 Position the OMAS under the printer and connect the large ribbon 3 Lock the clips of the large ribbon cable connector O gt o E on eal Em e Q S D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 355 4 Carefully push the OMAS fully up into its mounting so that the OMAS window protrudes slightly ABOVE the Center Platen approximately 0 2 mm To ensure the OMAS is correctly positions slide a sheet of paper over the Platen Ribs until it is stopped by the OMAS This ensures the OMAS is protruding slightly above the platen A CAUTION Make sure the OMAS is pushed completely up into its mounting or you will encounter an error during the OMAS calibration because it will not be able to focus on the paper 5 Slide a sheet of paper over the OMAS window if the paper is not stopped by the OMAS repeat step 4 to ensure the OMAS is pushed fully up into its the mounting 6 FULLY tighten the T 20 vertical attachment screw a J tema i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 356 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW
174. erdrive in order to stop the rollers trom squeaking 1 Open the Window 2 There are small holes in the Center Platen beside some of the rollers ENWW 466 Chapter 11 Preventive maintenance 3 A bottle of oil is supplied with the Maintenance Kit Insert the pointed end of the bottle into each hole in turn and put three drops into each Y Q c 5 c D ma z 6 Close the Window Lubricate the Carriage Assembly The Carriage Assembly needs to be lubricated occasionally at least once a year so that it can slide easily along the Slider Rod 1 Using the Front Panel in the Printheads menu select Replace printheads now The Carriage Assembly will move to the center of the printer 2 Open the Window and apply a few drops of oil bottle of oil can be found in the Maintenance Kit to the pads on either side of the Carriage Assembly 3 Apply a few drops of oil directly to the Slider Rod on either side of the Carriage Assembly ENWW Lubricate the Carriage Assembly 467 2 j D Q A D Scheduled maintenance In some segments of the printer market the customer tends to print more than the maximum numker of prints that the throughput allows exceeding by far the limit of the design When this happens the customer runs into print quality problems and continuous printer failures The purpose of scheduled preventive maintenance is to avoid these failures ensuring a good performance during all th
175. error persists contact HP SE 60 2 17 Cause Initialization error Solution Contact HP SE 61 01 Cause The file format is incorrect and the printer cannot process the job Solution Try the following e Turn off the printer using the switch at the rear and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check the graphic language setting of the printer see the User s Guide W Q Ee fe uv Lh fe Pe pe Q E Q V an N SE 61 04 1 Cause The PostScript fonts are missing Solution Perform a full firmware update SE 61 04 2 Cause PostScript unknown Paper ID Solution Perform a full firmware update SE 61 08 Cause The paper type specified in the file is incorrect and the printer cannot process the job Solution Try the following e Turn off the printer using the switch at the rear and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Change the paper type and resend the file to the printer ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 69 N lt N f a 3 i gt fe gt A O Q M N SE 61 08 1 Cause The file cannot be printed because it is password protected Solution Resend the file without password protection SE 61 08 2 Cause The file contains format errors or incorrect settings and the printer cannot process the job Solution Try the following e Ensure that the file for
176. ery 7 2 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to perform a Hard Disk recovery or Cancel to exit Hard Disk Recovery Please unload the paper Press m to continue Press to exit 3 When the following message appears on the front panel again press OK to perform a Hard Disk recovery or Cancel to exit Hard Disk Recovery This test Will clean some folders on the hard disk Press w to continue Press to exit File system check The purpose of this service utility is to check the consistency of the file system on the Hard Disk If the utility detects a problem it will try to fix it automatically 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to File System Check and press OK service utilities P Fap sensur REPLACES L a Soft printhead servicing I 00 Tests e Test cutter e Hard Disk Recovery File System Check Enabled Disable Portzaa M N f Ww Q Q y M N 120 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW ENWW When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to perform a file system check or Cancel to exit File System Check Do you want to launch the file system check This will restart the printer and Will take several minutes to complete Press o to continue or to exit Service utilities 121 y o a as V Q j 6 Service calibrations 7 D ba A D A Q T Q
177. es 2 Always keep the cover of your printer closed 3 Protect your paper rolls by storing them in bags or boxes Colors are inaccurate a k O o sjm S 2 ec If the colors of your print do not match your expectations try the following remedies 1 Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type that you selected on the front panel and in your software At the same time check the color calibration status If the status is RECOMMENDED or OBSOLETE you should perform color calibration If you have made any changes reprint your job if the problem has been solved 2 Check that you are printing on the correct side of the paper 3 Make sure that you are using the appropriate print quality settings If you have selected the EconoMode or Speed options you might not get accurate colors If you change the print quality settings reprint your job if the problem has been solved 4 Ifyou are using Application Color Management make sure that the color profile that you are using corresponds to the selected paper type and print quality settings 5 Ifthe problem consists of color differences between your print and your monitor follow the instructions in the How to calibrate your monitor section of the HP Color Center Reprint your job it the problem has been solved 6 Print the Image Diagnostics Print PANTONE colors are inaccurate See HP Professional PANTONE Emulation in the User s Guide
178. etector Spitoon Ink Volume 8447661 Aerosol FAN 3 Preventative maintenance Usage Preventive maintenance kit 1 0 Preventive maintenance kit 2 0 Job Accounting Date Job name Optimizes for msg quality Nax detail 2010 09 25 22 51 06 502 _bike TIF Images Fast Off 2010 09 21 20 13 11 ducky_rotate_croplines gl2 Images Fast Off 2010 09 21 20 12 37 ducky_rotate gi2 Images Fast Off 2010 09 21 19 03 41 Adobe_RGB_ 1998 jpg Images Fast Off 2010 09 21 19 00 41 502 _bike TIF Images Fast Off ENWW 23 How to interpret the Service Information Pages Media used sections e Total media used in the printer e Media used for each media type It is possible that the sum of the media used for each media type is lower that the total amount of media used in the printer This is because only the total media used in the printer is saved in the backup EEROM which is located in the ISS PCA When the Hard Disk Drive is replaced the total media used per media type is reset to zero 0 but the total media used is recovered from the backup EEROM Printhead section The Printheads section displays the Printhead usage per slot e Total Insertions This is linked with the crane of the Ink Supply Tubes When the Ink Supply Tubes are replaced the total insertions amount will be reset to zero 0 ka fe SE D N gt fe fe Q Cartridge section The Ink Cartridges section displays the ink usage per cartridge Preventive m
179. evel that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 7 02 Cause The Gray Dark Gray Printhead T7100 in slot 7 is nearing the end of its useful life the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This printhead may have reached a degradation level that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure W Q oO fe uv ia e Pe pe Q z Q V an WwW E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 8 02 Cause The Gray Dark Gray Printhead T7100 in slot 8 is nearing the end of its useful life the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This printhead may have reached a degradation level that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 29 00 Cause Maintenance Cartridge almost tull Solution Replace the Maintenance Cartridge SE 29 01 Cause Maintenance Cartridge not inserted correctly ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 57
180. face Card See EIO to PCA Interface Card on page 359 5 Push the clip down and release the battery from the Formatter J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q Electronics Module Removal 384 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 2 Remove the Left Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Left on page 236 3 Disconnect all the cables connected to the right Interconnect PCA and the Main PCA 4 Unroute all the disconnected cables so they are clear of the Electronics Module O gt o E on eal Em e Q S ai S A ENWW Disassembly order 385 5 Remove two T 20 screws Type B that secure the right side Electronics Module 6 J i O Q L g 3 fe lt 2 386 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 7 Lift the Electronics Module sufficiently approximately 2 cm to release it from the attachments Center Platen Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 Remove the Left Cover See Cover Left on page 226 Remove the Top Cover See Cover Top on page 229 O gt e E Q i Sa Ln e Q te Q aes z Le A Remove the Service Station See Service Station on page 243
181. ff and restart from step 1 Entering the Service Tests menu 9 W o gt Ee a E V Q j Scan Axis test The purpose of this test is to diagnose a failure in the operation of components related to the Scan Axis Perform the Scan Axis test as follows 1 In the Diagnostics submenu select Scan Axis and press OK Diagnostics menu ePaper Drive Electronics Module Carriage Assembly HA IDS Service Station m TSAO Tonfoarmatinon E The diagnostic starts checking the Scan Axis motor the front panel announces the current activity 27 2 NOTE The Carriage may move repeatedly during the tests 2 Depending on the results of the tests you may be asked to open the Window close the Window or move the Carriage manually Follow the instructions on the front panel A CAUTION The Carriage should move easily without resistance If you feel resistance do not try to force it you may damage something 3 When the tests are successtully completed the following message is displayed Scan Axis Diagnostic result OK Press k to continue 4 Press OK to return to the menu Paper Drive test The purpose of this test is to diagnose a failure in the operation of components related to the Paper Axis You must perform the Paper Drive Test after e System Error Code 81 YX e System Error Code 41 YX e System Error Code 73 YX N f 7 Q Q y M Ww 92 Chapte
182. formation e Current Configuration e Current Information e Usage Information e Event Logs e Calibration Status e Connectivity Configuration e All Pages It is possible to print the Service Information Pages either through the Front Panel or through the Embedded Web Server Front Panel icon gt Service information prints ENWW If the front panel turns on and then stops 19 ka e SE M al gt fe fe e Q e Embedded Web Server Support tab gt Service support gt Printer information D He ove 700 AA T Is ol is lol A Printer status E MK cartridge is missing g r Ss suppor Help links Service support Print Quality Troubleshooting Browse information ee Help about the Service tools HP Designjet links Printer information j i If you need to provide information about the printer you can find it here The extended diagnostics package is currently enabled You can either Printer information Click here if you are requested by HP Support to provide this information R Download the extended diagnostics package or Collecting the information might take a while Disable extended diagnostics package Diagnostics package the diagnostics package is meant to be used only by HP Support personnel in order to give you assistance and should be extracted under HP Support guidance Even if the printer cannot print the Information Pages are still accessible through the Embedded We
183. g ENWW Possible causes Since the 79 04 system error is a generic error the number of possible causes behind it is large The majority can be grouped however into the following groups Job related SE 79 04 A specific print job that is not correctly formatted for the printer or that is not correctly processed by it can trigger a 79 04 system error The incorrect format or processing can come from two sources e Incorrect commands in the job itself for example a PS job with some commands that do not have the correct PS format e Issues applying to the settings in the job Cause oo p 0 e lt W 2 0 Yen A system error 79 04 caused by a print job always has the same symptoms 1 The job is received by the printer and starts to process 2 Inthe middle of the processing the printer stops and displays 79 04 3 The printer displays the 79 04 system error again immediately after restart This is because the printer tries to reprint the job which is pending in the queue after restart 4 After the second restart the printer will start normally 5 Ifthe same job is sent again it always produces a 79 04 system error These types of 79 04 system errors are normally caused by jobs that have been generated by third party applications RIPs third party drivers files exported by an application to PS PDF HP GL 2 RTL or any other format supported by the printer Jobs generated by HP drivers will no
184. g on page 462 e Clean the Drive Roller and Overdrive on page 462 e Clean the Platen on page 463 e Clean the Encoder Strip on page 464 e Clean the Paper advance Sensor window on page 466 e Apply oil to the Overdrive on page 466 e Lubricate the Carriage Assembly on page 467 e Scheduled maintenance on page 468 e Preventive Maintenance Kits on page 468 ENWW 461 Moisture on the printer Users should use the printer in an environment between 20 and 80 relative humidity To recover from moisture condensation turn the printer Off and using the main roller as a reference wait until the printer is completely dry before using it again 2 p M e A D Noisy Carriage Bushing To prevent noisy movement of the carriage remove aluminum or dust particles from the bushing at the back of the carriage and from the slider path along which the bushing moves Belt swelling To prevent new belts from swelling incorrectly keep them in their bags with desiccant until you need to install them General cleaning To maintain the printer in good operating condition keep it free of dust accumulation ink and other contamination Cleaning intervals are determined by the printer environment and by the types of printer supplies used Proper general cleaning should include the following A WARNING To prevent an electric shock make sure that the printer is switched off and unplugged before any cleaning is performed Do not le
185. g with separate HP GL 2 drivers The output is completely blank If the tront panel graphic language setting is Automatic the default try the other settings PostScript for a PostScript file HP GL 2 for an HP GL 2 file and so on Then send the file again When you have finished this particular print remember to reset the graphic language to Automatic The output contains only a partial print e If you pressed Cancel before the printer received all the data you ended the data transmission and will have to print the page again e The I O timeout setting might be too short This setting determines how long the printer waits for the computer to send more data before deciding that the job is finished On the front panel increase the I O timeout setting to a longer period and then send the print again by selecting the icon then Advanced gt Select I O timeout e Acommunications problem between your computer and the printer might exist Check your USB or network cable ENWW Print quality issues by symptom 177 J ay f 2 2 lt e Check that your software settings are correct for your current page size for example long axis prints e If you are using network software make sure that it has not timed out The image is clipped Clipping normally indicates a discrepancy between the actual printable area on the loaded paper and the printable area as described by your software You can often identify this kind of pr
186. hapter 3 System error codes ENWW Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ensure that the dummy printheads are correctly installed and purge the Ink Supply Tubes again e Ifthe problem persists replace the Setup Printhead Kit SE 24 10 Cause A broken bag has been detected in one of the Ink Cartridges Solution Try the following e Press Down Cancel to see which cartridges have a broken bag Remove the affected cartridges shake each one three times within 2 seconds through a distance of about 40 cm and check whether the cartridge air tower is contaminated with ink If at least one cartridge is contaminated replace the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 EY NOTE If the Ink Supply Tubes are to be replaced the Ink Cartridges need to be checked beforehand to see if they are capable of purging the new tubes If they are not new Ink Cartridges must also be sent with the parts to be replaced To check the Ink Cartridges see Check ink supplies on page 98 e f no cartridge seems contaminated follow the broken bag recovery procedure for more information Recover broken bag on page 101 SE 24 11 VN Q Ee fe uv eS fe Pe pe Q z Q V an WwW Cause PrintMech to ISS Top cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the foll
187. he Carriage Cover is correctly aligned with the Primer Positioning Indicator When the carriage is correctly aligned press OK Frimer Calibration Use the up down buttons to move the carriage until the primer s long piece of plastic falls from the plastic piece of the carriage Latch Press Ok when done Carriage Cover Left Alignment Primer Mark Positioning Indicator NOT ALIGNED iole Carriage Movement Down key ALIGNED X TIP To see the exact position while aligning the Carriage to the Primer it is a good idea to press down lightly on the Primer while you are moving the Carriage While the Carriage is moving the front panel shows the actual position and the direction of movement and prompts you to press OK when done Primer Calibration Moving left Current position 25868 Press Ok when done 134 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW ENWW The front panel shows the actual left offset value and then the lett alignment position Primer Calibration The left offset between nominal and real value was 374 Frimer Calibration The left aligment between Carriage and Primer was found at the position 25984 Entering the Service Calibrations menu 135 V e 5 en 2 Q Y gt hes T v Ta i a A D A Q T Q O 5 L 8 When the printer is ready the front panel prompts you to use the Up Down keys to move the carriage until the right hand edge of the lett alignment ma
188. he power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Front Panel gt See Front Panel on page 236 3 Disconnect the Trailing Cable from the Carriage PCA ENWW Disassembly order 291 4 Press the two side of the Carriage PCA Cover and unclip from the Carriage Assembly 5 Use a flat bladed screwdriver to release the all the clips securing the Carriage Flex Cables to the Carriage Assembly by pulling upwards J tema i O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 292 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 7 Open the Carriage Cover and remove all the Printheads from the Carriage Assembly 9 Remove the Carriage Flex Cable from the printer O gt Ce E Q on fea Em e Q S Q D S 0 Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Left Cover gt See Cover Left on page 226 ENWW Disassembly order 293 3 Uncap the Carriage Assembly by manually pulling out the Printhead Maintenance Cartridge tray 4 Lift the Primer and hold the Primer to its maximum position to avoid damaging it when you move the Carriage Assembly in the next step J gt j g Q ba g 3 e lt Q 294 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Remove one T 10 screw Type I that secures the Encoder S
189. he printer restarts e After the printer reaches the Ready state try connecting any other USB device known to work properly to the printer port where the Hard Disk Drive accessory should be connected If a message appears on the front panel reacting to the USB device just connected such as Please 70 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW remove USB device or Press OK to press Cancel and remove the USB Device This means the Hard Disk Drive accessory is faulty and should be replaced See Formatter e If nothing appears on the front panel reacting to the USB device just connected the Formatter is faulty and should be replaced See Formatter SE 71 03 Cause Out of memory failure Solution Try the following e Turn off the printer using the switch at the rear and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe problem persists resend the job with one or more of the following options o Decrease resolution to 300 dpi Select Economode print mode Select Send Job As Bitmap to have the main processing of the print job done by the computer rather than the printer SE 71 08 Cause Insufficient display list Solution Resend the job with one or more of the following options decrease resolution to 300 dpi select Economode print mode select Send Job As Bitmap to have the main processing of the print job done by the computer rather than the printer W e3 Ee fe uv Lh fe
190. hecked beforehand to see if they are capable of purging the new tubes If they are not new Ink Cartridges must also be sent with the parts to be replaced To check the Ink Cartridges see Check ink supplies on page 98 SE 02 1 10 Cause Carriage PCA communication failure 46 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the Trailing Cable is not damaged e Check that the Trailing Cable is correctly connected to the Carriage PCA Interconnect PCA and Main PCA e Replace the Carriage PCA Carriage PCA on page 289 SE 03 10 Cause Power distribution failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe Power Supply Unit s blue LED is on replace the PrintMech PCA If not replace the Power Supply Unit SE 05 10 Cause Formatter communication failure with ISS Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer W Q Ee fe Uv ia e Pe pe Q E Q V an e e Check that the Formatter to PrintMech PCA cable is correctly connected e Ifthe system error persists replace the Formatter Formatter on page
191. hed e Reset current calibration sets all the calibration values to zero e Show current calibration values displays the current calibration values Check calibration status This option tests whether the current calibration values are valid The process is very similar to the calibration process The printer makes a series of paper advances and the OMAS sensor registers the distance covered in each advance 124 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW EY NOTE Before starting the process make sure that HP Coated Paper is loaded and ready to print At the end of the process the printer checks whether the current calibration values are valid using the data obtained during the paper advances If the values are considered valid then the following message will be shown Check Current Parameters The current calibration values are Valid Press w to continue V e 5 en 2 Q Y gt hes T N If they are not valid the front panel displays the reason for example the AMP1 parameter value is greater than the maximum allowed Check Current Farameters The obtained calibration values are not valid AMFI 23 gt 20 Press w to continue Press OK to return to the main screen Perform new calibration This option pertorms a calibration in order to obtain a new set of calibration values The printer makes a series of paper advances and the OMAS sensor registers the distance covered in each advance When all th
192. hen report the error to the HP Response Center or the nearest HP Support Office When reporting the error have the following information ready ka fe SE p N gt fe fe Q e Model and serial number of the printer e Which firmware revision the printer is using see Note below Check firmware in Utilities Statistics Code rev e The complete error number EY NOTE When reporting the system error code make sure that you supply the full error code and the firmware version Without this information HP support personnel cannot help you e The service configuration print e The current configuration sheet e Which software application the customer is using name version and so on Performing a service test on a failed assembly If possible always perform a Service Test on the component assembly that you are about to replace just to make sure that is the component assembly that has failed EY NOTE If the test on that component assembly passes you should NOT replace it For information on the Service Tests and how to use them see Service tests and utilities on page 89 Performing the necessary service calibrations Is the printer calibrated correctly after replacing a component For information on the Service Calibrations and how to use them see Service calibrations on page 122 E NOTE Remember that certain Calibrations are required even if an Assembly has been disassembled to gain access to a
193. hould align the printheads Atter alignment you may wish to reprint your job in case the problem has been solved Go to the front panel and press the View information key to see the paper advance calibration status If the status is DEFAULT or RRCOMMENDED you should perform paper advance calibration 172 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW The paper is not flat If the paper does not lie flat when it comes out of the printer but has shallow waves in it you are likely to see detects in the printed image such as vertical stripes This can happen when you use thin paper that becomes saturated with ink a O og sjm S 2 amp a 1 Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software To check on the front panel use the View information key Q 2 Try changing to a thicker paper type such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper 3 Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded this will persuade the printer to use less ink Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness Plain Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper The print is scuffed or scratched The black ink pigment can be scuffed or scratched when touched by a finger a pen or some other object This is particularly noticeable on coated paper Glossy paper may be extremely se
194. hout the need of an onssite visit Perform the following actions in the order described 1 Printer Configuration e Make sure that the paper type selected in the Front Panel is the same as the paper type loaded into the printer To check this use the View paper information key on the front panel At the same time check that the paper type has been calibrated Also make sure that the paper type selected in your software is the same as the paper type loaded into the printer e Check that the customer is printing on the correct side of the paper e Check that the customer is using the most appropriate print quality settings If Fast or Normal has been selected the customer may not achieve the most accurate colors Set the print quality setting to Best See also Select print quality in Using your printer EY NOTE If the customer has set the print quality with the printer driver or with the Embedded Web Server this will override a print quality setting from the front panel NOTE You cannot change the print quality of pages that the printer is already receiving or has already received even if they have not started to print yet e Dry time should be set to Optimal 2 Check if the latest version of the firmware is installed If not install the latest firmware revision 3 Check that your ink cartridges and printheads have not passed their expiration dates 4 Perform Printhead recovery icon then Clean printheads 2 Pe
195. ht Coated Paper and HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper 4 Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded this will persuade the printer to use less ink Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness Plain Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper 5 Try to increase the margins by relocating the image to the center of the page using your software application Black ink comes off when you touch the print This problem may be caused by printing with matte black ink on glossy paper The printer will not use matte black ink if it knows that the paper will not retain it To be sure of avoiding matte black ink you can select Photo Glossy Paper as the paper type in the Photo Paper category Vertical lines of different colors If your print has vertical bands of different colors along it 1 Try using thicker paper choosing from the recommended paper types such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper and HP Super Heavyweight Paper 2 Try using higher print quality settings For instance if you have set the Print Quality slider to Speed try setting it to Quality 174 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW White spots on the print You may notice white spots on the print This is probably due to paper fibers dust or loose coating material To avoid this problem 1 Try cleaning the paper manually with a brush before printing to remove any loose fibers or particl
196. iable extreme environmental conditions on page 13 e Printhead crashes smears on high density prints using coated paper on page 14 e Banding due to ink cartridge replacement while printing on page 14 e 34 Rice Paper not supported on page 14 e Worm marks on HP Coated Paper with light area tills on page 15 e Solving paper handling problems on page 15 e Difficult to load paper Too much skew on page 15 e How to read the power switch LEDs on page 15 e How to read the Formatter LEDs on page 16 ENWW 5 e If the front panel turns on and then stops on page 19 How to interpret the Service Information Pages on page 19 e When the main window is open and the printer is printing safety compliance on page 27 e How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error on page 28 a ka e SE p N gt fe fe r Q 6 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW Printer education and training Before any attempt is made to troubleshoot the printer you must have the relevant training on the HP Designjet T7100 printer series If you are not trained on this printer please contact HP Education or HP Training to enquire about becoming HP Service Qualified for this printer Firmware update The first step to take when trying to clear an error with the printer is to check that the firmware installed in the printer is the latest available Firmware updates often include fixes for common problems and simply updating the firmware can often re
197. iently accurate for your purposes you can try to improve line length accuracy in the following ways 1 2 3 4 5 Print on HP Matte Film for which your printer s line length accuracy is specified Polyester film is about ten times more dimensionally stable than paper However using film that is thinner or thicker than HP Matte Film will reduce line length accuracy Set the Print Quality slider to Quality Maintain the room at a steady temperature between 10 and 30 C 50 and 86 F Load the roll of film and let it rest for five minutes before printing If you are still not satisfied try recalibrating the paper advance The whole image is blurry or grainy Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software To check on the front panel use the View information key j Check that you are printing on the correct side of the paper Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings In some cases you can overcome a printquality problem merely by selecting a higher print quality level For instance if you have set the Print Quality slider to Speed try setting it to Quality If you change the print quality settings you may wish to reprint your job at this point in case the problem has been solved Go to the front panel and select the Ink menu icon O then Printhead information to see the printhead alignment status If the status is PENDING you s
198. iled information it can be obtained by pressing CANCEL Down e Information on the workflow Operating System o Application ENWW How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error 39 o Driver Settings in the driver and the application Settings in the printer o Connection method and settings e Exact information on how to replicate the environment that reproduces the issue including some example files that can be sent to the printer to replicate a heavy load environment These files will need to be o Original application files if the issue happens printing from an application through our driver o Print to files if the issue happens when printing from a third party application a ka e SE p N gt fe fe r Q 40 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW 3 System error codes e What to do if the front panel is blank on page 42 e System error codes on page 42 e Explanation of system error codes and warnings on page 42 e Continuable and non continuable error codes on page 45 V oO fe v i e pe i Q z Q V a N ENWW 4 What to do if the front panel is blank No system error message can be displayed when the front panel is blank In these cases the front panel has not necessarily failed any other electronic component can be the root cause The Power Switch and Formatter LEDs can help you to troubleshoot a problem in this situation see How to read the power switch LEDs
199. information HP support personnel cannot help you General precautions when handling ink supplies A CAUTION Do not touch wipe or attempt to clean the printhead nozzles This can damage the printhead e Handle the ink supplies with care In particular the Printhead which is a high precision device and must be handled carefully e Donot touch the Printhead nozzles ENWW General information about the ink supplies 79 e Do not put the Printhead down on the nozzles e Do not be rough when handling the Printheads Always set them down gently e Do not drop the Printheads e Proper handling will assure optimum performance throughout the Printhead life e The Maintenance Cartridge should always be handled and stored upright to avoid a potential spillage of ink e Do not touch the end of the Ink Cartridge which is inserted into the printer as there may be a small amount of ink on the connection e Avoid storing partially used Ink Cartridges on their ends Priming the ink system When the customer first receives the printer it is supplied with a set of four Setup Printheads pre installed in the Carriage Assembly These Setup Printheads are used for the priming of the tubes in the modular ink delivery system The customer must not remove the Setup Printheads from the Carriage without following the procedures in the Assembly Instructions When the printer is powered on for the first time the printer will automatically perform the pri
200. ing Coated paper ccceeecccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaaeeeees 14 Banding due to ink cartridge replacement while printing cccccccceceesseeeceeeeeseeeeseeeeesaenseeeeeneas 14 34 Rice Paper not supported ccsasexscscassnwncchosddedesends nena seuaedasdanedossdonncenebiacpeeaweadobodsaneriermeleiaesess 14 Worm marks on HP Coated Paper with light area fills 00nnnnnnsssonnnnnssssnnnnsssssnnnnssssrrrrsssrreeees 15 Solving paper handling LOIN Sao asc oersagcnsesenocsnscusccnatandenelennsatnrcostecuetacoetscactanscenetateuntcaiagerssetd 15 Difficult to load paper Too much skew cccccceeccccceeeeeecceceeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeesueeeeseeesaeseess 15 How to read the power switch LEDs ccccecccccceeeeeeeeee ee eeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeseseeeeeeesaaees 15 How to read the Formatter LEDs rg cennceasussuncecnhadeanacndacdndaentatoanstasdtentinasaneebntedatshwenendsenhedndusmadedes 16 If the front panel turns on and then stops cccccccseeeccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeessseeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeenaas 19 How to interpret the Service Information Pages cccccccccceesssseeeeeeeeeesesseeeeeeeseessaseeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeees 19 ENWW vii When the main window is open and the printer is printing safety compliance cccceeeeeeeeeees 27 How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error cccccececccceseececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaees 28 Oo o iem ENO COGCS oain E E E
201. ing of prints that are used for alignment or calibration Pertorm Line Sensor Calibration whenever e The edge detect procedure tails during paper loading e The Carriage is disassembled or replaced e The Line Sensor is disassembled or replaced e Banding is detected in prints e Misalignment between colors is detected Pertorm the Line Sensor Calibration as follows 1 Load the printer with glossy paper at least 36 inches wide if feasible If you have difficulty in loading the paper which can happen if the Line Sensor is miscalibrated continue with no paper loaded ENWW Entering the Service Calibrations menu 129 7 gt k a A Q T Q O L 2 Inthe Service Calibrations submenu select Line Sensor calibration and press OK service calibrations Hl Paper advance calibration 4 H Drop Detector calibration Line Sensor calibration Calibrate Rewinder Primer calibration e Reset Vacuum Calibration m Flaten Klite Tine calih 3 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue the calibration or press Cancel to exit Line Sensor calibration Open back door Please feed paper to cover right side of print platen Close back door Press ok to continue 4 If no paper is loaded the following message is displayed Line Sensor calibration Paper needed for this calibration Press 0K to load paper manually Press Cancel to exit and load paper normally Pre
202. installation ENWW 13 Unhook Ink Supply Station cables from the printer Cartridge Tray Removal 1 Release the Tray Lever of the required color and pull out the Tray o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 313 2 Remove the Ink Cartridge if installed 3 4 Pull the Tray completely out of the printer E NOTE Note that each Cartridge Tray is different even though they look very similar When selecting the Cartridge Tray from the Support Part choose the Tray that exactly matches the one that you have just removed J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q APS Assembly Removal 314 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Lett Cover See Cover Left on page 226 2 Remove the Left Connector Cover See Connector Cover Left on page 236 3 Remove the Scan Axis Motor gt See Scan Axis Motor on page 320 4 Remove the ISS See Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 5 Disconnect the APS 1 top unit valve electrical connectors from the PrintMech PCA and remove the cable from the ferrite on the right hand side of the Electronic Module Aps 1 valve O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 315 7 Unroute the APS 1 electrical connections from the left connector panel J gt j D Q
203. ion Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Open the Smart Roll loading System and check for any visible obstacles restricting its movement e Replace the Smart Roll loading System Gear and Motor Smart Roll loading System Gear on page 262 and Smart Roll loading System Motor on page 261 SE 41 03 Cause Paper motor electrical current limit 62 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Open the Window and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Drive Roller If there is a wrinkled mass of paper inside the paper path lift the Pinchwheels using the Media Lever and clear the obstruction e Replace the Media Axis Motor Media Axis Motor on page 324 SE 42 03 Cause Scan Axis motor electrical current limit Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Open the Window and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Carriage Assembly If there is a wrinkled mass of paper blocking the Carriage Assembly then clear the obstruction e Clean the Encoder Strip Clean the Encoder Strip on page 464 e Rep
204. ion is correct and there is no need to continue If there is air press OK to continue the procedure ENWW Entering the Service Tests menu 99 6 The front panel asks you to confirm that the new Ink Cartridges are installed 7 The front panel asks you to open the Window and the Carriage Cover 8 The front panel asks you to remove the two printheads of the color you already selected which had the broken bag Remove the printheads and press OK to continue 9 The front panel asks you to introduce the needle of the syringe into one of the FI towers of the selected color Use the syringe from the Broken Bag Fixing Tools kit Use the FI tower that is closer to the rear of the Carriage as shown Press OK to continue Use this FI Tower Not this FI Tower 10 The front panel displays a status message Refill Ink Tubes Pumping air 2 minutes a Time 13 sec Pressure 5755 milipsi Ink is now pumping through the ink tube pushing any air bubbles from the ink tube into the syringe The amount of ink pumped through the ink tube into the syringe is 33 ml air 11 After two minutes the front panel asks you to confirm that there is now 35 ml of ink air in the syringe 12 The front panel explains that the printer is accounting for the ink used 13 The front panel displays OK then asks if you want to repeat the procedure If you want to repeat because there is still some air in the ink tube or because more than
205. it Perform the Reset Life Counters utility as follows 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Reset life counters and press OK Service utilities Turn Drive Roller Prime Tubes Reset life counters A Diagnostic Print me Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall Anick bine Rah Gee Fah 2 You will be given an option either to reset the life counter for all the parts related to a Preventive Maintenance Kit PMK or to reset the life counter for a particular part only Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW Reset life counters Reset Maintenance Kit usage H Reset usage counters a If you select to reset the life counter for all the parts related to a Preventive Maintenance Kit PMK you will be given an option to reset the life counter of e Preventive Maintenance Kit 1 PMK1 e Preventive Maintenance Kit 2 PMK2 b If you select to reset the life counter for a particular part you will be given an option to reset the lite counter of the e Carriage ME e Tubes and Trailing Cable e Scan Motor e Left Spittoon e Drop Detector e Line Sensor e APS Pump e Maintenance Cartridge Spittoon e Paper Motor e OMAS Module e Primer Mech e SVS 3 Once you have selected a life counter to reset a message similar to the following will be displayed on the front panel Press OK to reset the selected life counter or press Cancel to exit without resetting the life counter Reset Bushings Usage Ca
206. ividual Pinchwheel roller push apart the metal part that secures the Pinchwheel roller and then pull out the individual Pinchwheel roller Important Information on Installation of Pinchwheels The Pinchwheel Assembly contains 3 white Pinchwheels and several black Pinchwheels The black Pinchwheels are symmetrical so can be installed without any problems BUT the white Pinchwheels are NOT symmetrical so it is VERY IMPORTANT to install them correctly using the following illustration J a a i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 404 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Drive Roller Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable ENWW 1 eee se SY E Remove the Right Cover gt See Cover Right on page 223 Remove the Left Cover See Cover Left on page 226 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 Remove the Left Connector Cover gt See Connector Cover Left on page 236 Remove the Service Station gt See Service Station on page 243 Remove the Ink Supply Station gt See Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 Remove the Media Axis Motor See Media Axis Motor on page 324 Remove the Encoder Disc and Sensor See Encoder Disc and Sensor on page 397 Disassembly order 405 O gt Ce E on E Em Q S Q D E S 0 9 Remove two T 10 screws that secure the Drive Roller Gear 10 Remove the Drive Ro
207. ker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 3 11 Cause Stacker heating element overhead switch off Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 4 10 Cause Stacker heating element failure Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 5 01 Cause Stacker motor overload Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer 60 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW SE 38 5 10 Cause Stacker abnormal motor condition Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 5 11 Cause Stacker motor encoder failure Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 6 11 Cause Stacker power supply failure Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 8 01 Cause Paper jam detected in stacker paper jam sensor activated W Q Ee fe uv Lh fe Pe pe Q E Q V an N Solution Try the following e Open stacker window and remove paper e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38
208. l display a message Do you want to disable the OMAS sensor Select Yes or No 3 Make sure that paper is loaded and that the Ink System is correctly installed Press the OK key to print the Diagnostic Print or press Cancel to exit without printing the Diagnostic Print Image Quality Print Page 1 Check that media 713 loaded pinch lever is closed and ink is ready Proceed 7 Press ENTER to accept or BACK CANCEL to exit 4 The selected Diagnostic Print is now printed For further information on how to use troubleshoot print quality problems see How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print on page 151 Replace Cutter The purpose of this Service Utility is to move the Carriage to a position where the Cutter can be replaced easily j M N pe Ww Q Q y M N 114 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW Perform the Replace Cutter utility as follows 1 4 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Replace cutter and press OK Service utilities Turn Drive Roller Prime Tubes H Reset Life counters HA Diagnostic Print Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall H Dick bline Rah Goma Fah When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue with the Cutter replacement or Cancel to exit Replace cutter The machine will be automatically powered off Press mo to continue or to exit The Carriage moves to the Cutter replacement positio
209. l loading System Door Switch on page 276 VN Q Ee fe uv ia e Pe pe Q z Q V an WwW SE 52 10 Cause Drop Detector switch On Off failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the Drop Detector cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Service Station cable e Check that the Service Station cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Drop Detector Drop Detector on page 253 SE 53 10 Cause Media Sensor error Solution Try the following e Check that the Media Sensor cable is not damaged and is connected correctly to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Media Sensor Media Sensor on page 336 ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 67 SE 53 1 11 Cause Media Sensor cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the following e Check that the Media Sensor cable is not damaged e Check that the Media Sensor cable is correctly connected to the Interconnect PCA SE 55 10 Cause Line Sensor communication failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Replace the Line Sensor Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 SE 56 01 Cause Incorrect readings from pa
210. lace the Scan Axis Motor Scan Axis Motor on page 320 SE 43 01 Cause Vacuum Fan spinning at wrong speed W Q Oo fe uv Lh fe Pe re Q E Q V an N Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe system error persists replace the Vacuum Fan Vacuum Fan on page 248 SE 43 10 Cause Vacuum Fan failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the Vacuum Fan cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Vacuum Driver PCA and to both Vacuum Motors e Check that the Interconnect to Vacuum Driver cable is not damaged and correctly connected to Vacuum Driver PCA and to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Vacuum Fan Vacuum Fan on page 248 ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 63 SE 43 1 10 Cause Vacuum Driver PCA communication or hardware failure Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe system error persists replace the Vacuum Fan Vacuum Fan on page 248 SE 43 11 Cause Vacuum Fan PCA cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the following e Check that the Interconnect PCA t
211. lect a higher IQ print setting CAD Lines look misaligned images are blurred This issue can be seen even after the customer has performed the Printhead Alignment procedure The misalignment is most highlighted in CAD drawings there are double lines and images are ghosted See the two examples below J ai f 2 a lt Here the CAD drawing has the issue the CAD lines are Here the CAD drawing does not have the issue and the misaligned and the image looks blurred grainy drawing looks ok This issue can be solved by updating the firmware to the latest version Some paper types may deform when printing high area fill This issue is known as PEPA Paper Expansion Paper Advance The quality of some images might be reduced if you use a paper type that is unsuitable for your image This is especially important to consider when printing on fiber based papers such as HP Universal Coated Paper HP Coated Paper HP Heavyweight Coated Paper and HP Universal Heavyweight Coated Paper Printing images that contain high saturation area fills on fiber based papers can create unwanted wavy patterns as a result of paper expansion This can ultimately contribute to more severe problems Consider using Super Heavyweight Coated Paper and other cockle free papers when printing high saturation area fills Finally as this paper expansion is increasing when a high quantity of ink is placed at once the HP Designjet T7100 might exhibit this p
212. ller Gear from the printer ite fe we paowa upd AdJULd 406 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 12 Remove the Cover o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 407 15 Remove T 20 screws that secure the Media Axis Motor Bracket to the side plate J gt j g xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q 18 Remove the Drive Roller by sliding it to the right then downwards and then out of the printer E NOTE When reinstalling the parts make sure you apply the grease included with the support part to the gears NOTE After installing the new Drive Roller make sure you perform the following Service Calibration e Paper advance Calibration Paper advance calibration on page 124 408 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Installation of the Drive Roller When installing the Drive Roller several different datums have to be met in order to ensure that the Drive Roller has no axial play Use the following illustrations to ensure that ALL the datums are met Figure 9 1 Left Hand Side of the printer Media Axis Motor Bracket Sideplate Drive Roller Bearing 1 Datum between Media Axis Motor Bracket and Drive Roller Bearing 2 Datum between Media Axis Motor Bracket and Sideplate 3 Datum between Drive Roller Bearing and Sideplate ENWW Disassembly order 409 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5
213. llow the instructions on the front panel after selecting the Ink menu and then Clean Encoder Strip e Ifthe system error persists clean the Encoder Sensor e Ifthe system error persists replace the Encoder Sensor 74 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW SE 88 10 Cause Smart Roll loading System Position Sensor error detected Solution Try the following e Check that the Left and Right Smart Roll loading System Index Sensor and Actuator cables are not damaged and are connected correctly to the Interconnect PCA e Replace the Indexer and Right Slider Indexer and Right Slider on page 274 W Q Ee fe uv Lh fe Pe pe Q E Q V an N ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 75 4 Ink supplies e What are ink supplies on page 77 e General information about the ink supplies on page 79 e General precautions when handling ink supplies on page 79 e Priming the ink system on page 80 e When should you replace the ink supplies on page 80 e Obtaining Ink Cartridge information on page 81 e Obtaining Printhead information on page 81 e Summary of solving ink supplies problems on page 85 e Troubleshooting Printhead error codes on page 86 e Carriage Interconnect Wiper on page 87 e Warranty information for ink supplies on page 87 76 Chapter 4 Ink supplies ENWW What are ink supplies Three different components are classed as ink supplies the Ink Cartridges the Printheads and the Maintenance Cart
214. lor tab and select Printer Emulation from the list of color management options Then select the HP Designjet 4500 trom the list of emulated printers 7 Inthe HP GL 2 driver for the HP Designjet 4500 click the Options tab and then select Manual Color gt Color Control gt Match Screen Also click the Paper Size tab and then select Paper Type Print the same HP GL 2 file The situation describes how to produce an HP GL 2 file also known as a PLT file with the HP GL 2 driver installed for one printer that you intend to send to another printer 1 Check that both printers have the most recent firmware version 2 Make sure that Color Calibration is turned on At the front panel of the HP Designjet T7100 select the icon then Enable color calibration a k O g D 2 Ga 3 Load the printers with the same type of paper 4 Check that the Paper Type setting on the front panel corresponds to the paper you have loaded 5 If you have an HP GL 2 file for an HP Designjet 4500 and you want to print it on an HP Designjet T7100 use the Embedded Web Server or the front panel e Through the Embedded Web Server leave the color options set to Default On the front panel select the icon and then select Setup gt Printing preferences gt Color options gt Emulate printer gt HP Designjet 4500 Series For other HP Designjet printers set both printers to match the screen colors sRGB if that is available as when printin
215. ly 5 IDS Tests IDS tests on page 97 The purpose of these tests is to check the operation of the Ink Delivery System 6 Service Station Test Service Station test on page 101 The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Service Station M N f Ww Q Q y M N 7 Primer Test Primer test on page 102 90 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 10 11 12 13 14 The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Primer Aerosol Test Aerosol test on page 104 The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Aerosol Fans I O Information I O Information on page 104 The purpose of this test is to view information about input output Unit Information Unit information on page 105 The purpose of this test is to view the firmware version part number serial number and PostScript configuration EEROM Reset EEROM Reset on page 106 The purpose of this test is to reset the EEROM Hard Disk Recovery Hard Disk recovery on page 107 The purpose of this service utility is to clean user data on the Hard Disk to try to recover the printer from an unstable state File System Check File system check on page 107 The purpose of this service utility is to check the consistency of the file system on the Hard Disk If the utility detects a problem it will try to fix it automatically OMAS Module Test OMAS Module test on page 107 The
216. mat sent is supported by the printer e Turn off the printer using the switch at the rear and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Resend the file to the printer using the Embedded Web Server SE 61 10 Cause A slow computer processing complex tiles can pause for longer than the default printer timeout which can be interpreted by the printer as an End Of Job in which case some elements of the job may be lost Solution Try the following e Increase the I O timeout using the printer s front panel see Contigure network settings in Using your printer e Send the job from a faster computer e Send the job from the Embedded Web Server SE 64 1 01 Cause The printer does not recognize the USB Hard Disk Drive accessory Solution Try the following e Turn off the printer using the switch at the rear e Connect the Hard Disk Drive accessory check that the USB cable is properly connected and turn the printer on If the Hard Disk Drive accessory is not available has been lost or broken proceed to the next step e Ifthe problem persists turn off the printer using the switch at the rear Turn the printer on again while pressing Menu OK and Cancel simultaneously until the front panel asks Printer configured to use External Hard Disk Do you want to revert the printer to Internal Hard Disk Confirm by pressing OK twice Remove the Hard Disk Drive accessory if connected T
217. mation like Service ID firmware version ENWW Printer usage information This page contains the following information e Printer Usage e Usage per Printhead Slot e Usage per Cartridge Slot e Media Usage per Paper Type e Component Usage e Spittoon Usage e Preventive Maintenance Usage Usage information BLot Shau Aaa Wie A a LE Sa A Printer Usage Information Date 26 Sep 10 Product Firmware dragon Product number Printer status HP Designjet T7100ps Serial Number MY9B309003DC42 CQ105A Service ID 2091 MK cartridge is missing O c r O fe lt V in 2 fe Se Printer Usage Total printed media 500 72 m 5 389 65 f Total number of prints 771 Usage per Printhead Slot Color Prodact Humber Printheads Used Slot 1 Yellow Unknown CHE454 0 3 Slot 2 Yellow Unknown CHE45A 0 3 Slot 3 Cyan Magenta CH646A 1 4 Slot 4 Cyan Magenta CH646A 1 5 Slot 5 Matte black Matte black CHE48A 1 5 Slot 6 Matte black Matte black CHE48A 4 3 Slot 7 Dark Gray Gray CHE47A 0 3 Slot 8 Dark Gray Gray CHE4S7A 0 Usage per Cartridge Slot Product Nimber Usage 1 Yellow CM992A 1 Cartridges 235 0 cc 1 Yellow CMS986S 2 Cartridges 89 0 cc 2 Cyan CM994A 1 Cartridges 44 0 cc 2 Cyan cmos 2 Cartridges 140 0 cc 3 Matte black CM997A 1 Cartridges 8 0 cc 3 Matte black CM991A 5 Cartridges 816 0 cc 3 Matte black cmg355 0 Cartridges 0 0 cc 4 Dark Gray CM9964 2 Cartridges 88 0 cc 4 Dark G
218. mi Gloss Satin Paper Recommended Defautt Natural Tracing Paper WA Default Photo Matte Paper Recommended Default Translucent Bond NIA Default Vellum paper NIA Default Adhesive Paper NWA Default Adhesive Polypropylene Satin NIA Default HP Coated Paper Recommended Recommended HP Universal High gloss Photo Paper Recommended Defautt HP Recycled Bond Paper WA Recommended HP Universal Bond Paper WA Recommended Coated Paper Recommended Recommended Printer Status Codes Nozzle Health X4X4444444444444 Printhead Alignment X1X1111111111111 Media Advance Calibration 11111111 Closed Loop Color Calibration x0xX0000000000000 General calibrations e Printhead Alignment relates to the Printhead Alignment which changes to pending when a Printhead is replaced and the Printhead Alignment has not been performed E NOTE When a component is replaced the corresponding calibration is NOT automatically set to NOT DONE This is because the printer does not know that there is a new part installed e Drop Detector relates to the Drop Detector or Service Station calibration e Line Sensor relates to the Line Sensor Calibration Media specific calibrations This section shows the following for each type of media e Media Name e Color e Paper Advance 26 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW Connectivity configuration This page contains full details of the current configuration of the printer Current configuration rren infonmmanaes Usage informaelror Ev
219. ming process Without the priming process the customer will not be able to use the printer Why does the printer require priming e The Tubes System is empty when the customer receives the printer e The Tubes System has to be pressurized and filled with ink ejecting any air bubbles A CAUTION It the Printing Printheads are installed in the carriage during the priming process they will be rejected and the front panel will show a warning message When should you replace the ink supplies When to change the ink supplies is mostly determined by you with guidance from the front panel In conjunction with the messages displayed in the front panel and the message explanations in this chapter you will be able to choose for yourself when is the right time to change the ink supplies The printer will also display the ink level and will tell you when the ink supply is low on ink This means you have constantly updated information about the ink supplies Printhead life is anticipated to be 1200 ml or twelve months in the printer whichever occurs first provided that the printhead is used under normal operating conditions using HP Ink Cartridges only and its install before date has not lapsed However results vary depending on the print quality setting being used 80 Chapter 4 Ink supplies ENWW Obtaining Ink Cartridge information Use the following procedure to obtain Ink Cartridge information 1 2 3 At the front panel
220. n Link Local fe80 226 SSff fe13 461 See Connectivity Confi iguration internal print le gt A d gt Web Services Pa Setup gt Front panel options Connectivity gt Advanced Hari Vanat SR ii Enabled Language English VO timeout W sec Color and paper management Enabled Display contrast 50 Allow EWS i 2 Buzzer On Allow SNMP On Setup Printing preferences gt Print quailty 5 Te Ir lity level Fast Setup gt Print i Setup gt null a ru det il e Drying time On Unit selection Metric Sleep mode wait time30 min z 2 PB fe gt HP Setup LS Printing pr f rentes gt Galor options p Setup gt Printing preferences gt HP GL 2 options Palette Software Color Grayscale Print in color Merge ot RGB input profile aRGB EC61966 2 1 tep Printer zape Off Setup gt Printing preferences gt HP GL 2 options gt Define palette MY A PEY a ge go racy patea Poet Black point compensation On Penne Width Color Penne Width Color Pen no Width Color O HP PANTONE emulation On 0 0 13 mm 0 0 013mm 0 0 0 13 mm 0 E Job EEE options s 018mm as 118mm AE 018mm 1 o Queue On 2 025mm a _ 9 25 mm 2 9 25 mm 2 El When to start printing Optimized 2 z ai a z 3 Max number of printed jobs 32 jobs oe SS pk a ols oka a N Job recovery mode Put on hold lt E 0 50 mm 4 S C 0 50 mm 4 4 a 0 50 mm 4 rab 5 065 5 5 5 T Setup gt Printing prefer
221. n and the following message is displayed on the front panel After a few seconds the printer will begin to shut down Replace cutter Please wait until the printer is completely switched off before replacing the cutter Before replacing the Cutter make sure that you turn the printer off at the rear switch Enable Disable Firewall ENWW The purpose of this Service Utility is to enable or disable the firewall of the printer Pertorm the Enable Disable Firewall utility as follows 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Enable Disable Firewall and press OK Service utilities Turn Drive Roller Prime Tubes H Reset Life counters HA Diagnostic Print Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall M Dick line Anh Geer BM hal The printer checks whether the firewall is enabled or disabled Service utilities 115 y o a as V Q j M N f 4 Q Q M N 3 When the following message appears on the front panel you must select whether you would like to enable or disable the firewall Use the Up and Down keys to make your selection and press the OK key Enable Disable Firewall Firewall enabled Press and to change the value Press w to confirm or to exit 4 The system upgrades the internal memory to reflect the chosen selection 5 If the utility exits correctly OK will be displayed on the Front Panel Disk Wipe DoD 5330
222. n page 87 e Printheads on page 88 Ink Cartridge The warranty for an Ink Cartridge ends when one of the following occurs e 30 months have passed since the date of manufacture or e The Ink Cartridge has supplied all the ink that it is advertised as containing or e The customer confirms that non HP ink has been used in empty override mode The actual end of warranty date is printed on the supply label ENWW Carriage Interconnect Wiper 87 Printheads The warranty for the Printheads will end when one of the following occurs e 24 months have passed since the date of manufacture that is printed on the Printhead or e 1200 ml 42 oz of HP original ink has been consumed by the Printhead or e The customer confirms that non HP ink has been used in empty override mode 88 Chapter 4 Ink supplies ENWW 5 Service tests and utilities e Introduction on page 90 e Diagnostics self test on page 90 e Phone support on page 90 e Service tests diagnostics on page 90 e Entering the Service Tests menu on page 91 e Service utilities on page 107 y Q om oO VN as V Q j ENWW 89 Introduction This chapter explains how to use the builtin Service Tests and Service Utilities and what to do if any of the Service Tests fail EY NOTE It possible always perform a Service Test on the component that you are about to replace just to make sure that is the component that has failed If the
223. n see both the adjacent and the consecutive nozzles For every Printhead there is a different horizontal band that can be identified with the help of the template marked with the colors of the Printhead used at the right of every band ENWW How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 153 i Ggigigtg lt 0gigoggg i i lt 0g8g0g0a i lt 0g0g0g0g Lii iili i lt Ggigtyde ii o Og 8g 885 There are a series of numbered stepped diagonal lines If one or more of the nozzles are malfunctioning or mis positioned you will see that the stepped lines are broken or misdirected in one or more places J This is an example of nozzles outs You can see the broken or the skewed line in this case marked in yellow to help you to understand the issue In the service plot there are no yellow marks 2 s E 144 lt 336 400 464 528 This is an example of nozzles mis positioned or malfunctioning You can see the broken or the skewed line in this case marked in yellow to help you to understand the issue In the service plot there are no yellow marks 144 208 272 336 400 Corrective Action If the printer has nozzle defects it does not mean that you will not get perfect print quality results because the printer can automatically compensate for this so there is no need to replace the Printhead The method of improving Nozzle Detects is to 1 To clean th
224. nce legend that shows junction misalignments of 2 4 and 6 dots The junction to check has to be below 4 in all cases If the error is above 4 dots then realign the printheads In the next example the Bidir is above this 4 dots and the unit should be realigned The rest of the pattern shows a right alignment A ETT T Le EE nit ee ly W L ELi A dinne ian a g SS See L p CA What to see in the Dye Overlap Alignment ENWW How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 159 The area to check is only the bottom junction pattern for all the colors The clearest band has to be around the O 3 dots Every band is equal to 1 dot error In order to solve any problem in the alignment try the following e Repeat the printhead alignment You are recommended to use glossy paper which gives the most accurate printhead alignment There are some paper types that are not suitable for Printhead Alignment transparent translucent e Ifthe alignment process shows the message Printhead alignment may use up to 3m of paper in the front panel it is because the OMAS is not working This is normal for a few paper types that cannot be controlled by OMAS To check whether your paper is OMAS or non OMAS go to the Service Menu then select Diagnostic print gt
225. ncel to exit Reset Yacuum Calibration The orignial calibration will be lost Are you sure that you Want to reset the calibration Press a to continue or to exit 4 The printer resets the nominal values of the Vacuum Calibration If all goes well an acknowledgement is displayed Reset Yacuum Calibration Vacuum calibation reset successfully 5 Press OK to return to the menu Platen blue line calibration The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the blue line that is marked on the Print Platen You should calibrate the blue line whenever the Center Platen is disassembled or replaced 1 If paper is loaded in the printer unload it 2 Inthe Service Calibrations submenu scroll to Platen blue line calib and press OK Service calibrations HWPaper advance calibration H Drop Detector calibration Line Sensor calibration Calibrate Rewinder e Primer calibration Reset Vacuum Calibration Flaten blue line calib 3 When the following message appears on the front panel you can press OK to continue with the calibration or Cancel to exit Flaten blue line calib Press w to continue or to exit 138 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW 4 Follow the instructions on the front panel using a sheet of white paper Then press OK to continue with the calibration or Cancel to exit Flaten blue line calib 13 Open window and bk door 2 Align sheet with platen blue Line 3
226. nch Adaptor Kit 11 CQ105 67014 Cosmetic Sheet Metal and Sep Mnt 12 CQ105 67009 Threading Roller 13 CQ105 67006 Paper Feed Brake VN z 5 im D Ee Ee c 5 VN an im 5 A ENWW Printer 201 Rear Door Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure CQ105 67030 Rear Door Rear Door on page 344 2 CQ105 67031 Rear Door Right Flange 3 CQ105 67023 Rear Trim Left and Right J Q at VN Q 5 Q Z Q Q Q 3 N 202 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Entry Platen Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure CQ105 67032 Entry Platen includes kit 2 3 5 and Right Slider 2 CQ105 67033 Roller Guide with Maylar 3 CQ105 67034 Left Slider 4 CQ105 67011 Indexer and Right Slider 5 CQ105 67008 Media Sensor Media Sensor on page 336 W O a O 3 K E S O A ENWW Printer 203 Miscellaneous parts HP part number Description Q1273 60097 Right Arc Q1273 60098 Left Arc Q6715A User s Maintenance Cleaning Kit Preventive Maintenance Kit 1 for T7100 e Scan Axis Motor see Scan axis Assemblies on page 196 CQ105 67019 e Encoder Strip see Scan axis Assemblies on page 196 e Belt Assembly see Scan axis Assemblies on page 196 e Carriage Assembly without PCA and Cutter Preventive Maintenance Kit 1 for T7100 Monochrome e Scan Axis Motor see Scan axis Assemblies on page 196 CQ101 67003 e Encoder Strip see Scan axis Assemblies
227. nchwheel Lever on page 348 e Entry Platen on page 349 e Roller Guide with Mylar on page 351 e Optical Media Advance Sensor OMAS on page 352 220 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW e Interconnect PCA on page 357 e IO to PCA Interface Card on page 359 e OMAS Controller Card on page 360 e OMAS Cable on page 363 e Main PCA on page 369 e Formatter on page 372 e Hard Disk Drive HDD on page 374 e Power Supply Unit PSU on page 376 e PrintMech PCA on page 381 e Formatter Battery on page 383 e Electronics Module on page 384 e Center Platen on page 387 e Encoder Disc and Sensor on page 397 e Interconnect Cables on page 400 e Pinchwheel Assembly on page 401 e Drive Roller on page 405 Introduction This chapter is a step by step guide to the removal and installation of the key components of the printer You may find it useful to tick off the steps as they are performed Use the illustrations for each procedure to identity the parts referred to in the text The procedures appear in order of removal So the whole machine can be stripped down by starting at the beginning of this chapter and working through the subsequent procedures EY NOTE Before using this chapter to remove and install a new component always make sure that you have performed the relevant service test see Service tests and utilities on page 89 If the test passes you do not need to replace the component Safety Precautions O gt
228. nding on the OMAS account the printheads and calibrations for the printer to which the readings It is applied to the the specific paper loaded other calibrations add a specitic paper loaded correction Hard coded in printer Automatically triggered by Triggered by user only printer or by user Used with paper types such Used with paper types that Mandatory for fiber based May be used by customers to as films with which OMAS are compatible with OMAS papers printing with relatively fine tune the paper advance cannot be used few passes Does not work Also usetul for natural tracing with natural tracing paper paper with which automatic Optional for other papers calibration does not work such as heavyweight or glossy The paper advance is normally managed by a combination of automatic paper advance calibration and OMAS tracking of the paper movement 2 Chapter 1 Printing tips and tricks ENWW Printhead alignment For printhead alignment to work best with all kinds of plain paper it is recommended to perform the alignment using HP Coated or HP Bright White papers Vertical line straightness with other plain papers such as non HP plain papers and recycled papers will improve 7 Q 5 S r S amp The printheads must be aligned whenever a new printhead is installed and should be aligned after any paper jam that may have moved the printhead slightly Use of multiple rolls There are various ways to set up the
229. nect two cables from the Drive Motor EH 3 Remove an E clip from the Drive Gear N f Q A o i gt O Q ai ka i 3 e lt a 426 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 5 Remove four screws that secure the Driver Motor Assembly Ey NOTE One screw is hidden below the Drive Motor behind cables this screw also secures an ESD clip to the stacker 6 Remove the Drive Motor X TIP Use a flat ended screwdriver to prise the Drive Motor away from the right end of the stacker Front Cover Sensor Removal 1 Switch off the stacker and remove the power cable O e z Q i as Q i Q e7 6 sim e ENWW Front Cover Sensor 427 2 Open the Front Cover N Q e o D O Q e ka D 3 e lt 2 428 Chapter 10 Stacker part removal and installation ENWW 5 Disconnect the cable from the Front Cover Sensor 6 Remove two screws that secure the Front Cover Sensor 7 Remove the Front Cover Sensor Safety Temperature Sensor Removal 1 Remove the Left Cover gt Left Cover on page 415 ENWW Satety Temperature Sensor 429 O e z v i D a Q i Q v 6 aes WwW 2 Remove two screws that secure the Safety Temperature Sensor Bracket from the left side of the chassis 3 Loosen one screw that secures the top of the Left Heating Lamp Cov
230. nected Solution Try the following e Check that the PrintMech to Interconnect Data 2 cable is not damaged e Check that the PrintMech to Interconnect Data 2 cable is correctly connected to the PrintMech PCA and the Interconnect PCA W e3 Ee fe Uv ia e Pe pe Q E Q V an e e Replace the PrintMech to Interconnect Data cable 2 which is included in the Electronics Module Cable Kit SE 17 3 11 Cause Main PCA to PrintMech Black 1 cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the following e Check that the Main PCA to PrintMech Black 1 cable is not damaged e Check that the Main PCA to PrintMech Black 1 cable is correctly connected to the Main PCA and the PrintMech PCA e Replace the Main PCA to PrintMech Black 1 cable which is included in the Electronics Module Cable Kit SE 17 4 11 Cause Main PCA to PrintMech Blue 2 cable does not seem to be connected ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 49 N lt 4 f a 3 i gt fe gt A O Q M N Solution Try the following e Check that the Main PCA to PrintMech Blue 2 cable is not damaged e Check that the Main PCA to PrintMech Blue 2 cable is correctly connected to the Main PCA and the PrintMech PCA e Replace the Main PCA to PrintMech Blue 2 cable which is included in the Electronics Module Cable Kit SE 21 03 Cause Service Station electrical current limit Solution Try the following e Turn
231. nks All J ai p 2 2 lt P and lg only P lg Resolution at which the image is Rendering Resolution RR rasterized processed in the host in pixels per printed inch or pppi Resolution at which the image is printed Printing Resolution PR E onde ene Typically the higher the number of passes the better the image quality but Print Mode Best Quality or slider in at a lower speeds Also papers such as the right position glossy paper need a longer drying time that will generally require a higher number of passes Whether printing when the carriage is traveling in a single direction only Unidirectional or in both directions Bidirectional passes Other info Ol Bidirecti onal Unidirectional modes typically provide better image quality depending on the number of passes but at lower speeds Automatic Cutter Yes Y No N Indicates whether cutting will be performed Even if Yes is selected cutting can be disabled later through the driver However if No is selected here cutting cannot be re enabled through the driver Notes e Make sure the most similar paper is chosen to create your own paper presets taking into account type and finishing Matt or Gloss but also weight and thickness For example use HP Universal Instant dry Gloss 190 g m 7 4mil 188 microns if you are loading a similar 190 g m gloss like paper Good examples of these are dtec Ph
232. nnect Clean Adjust manually 02 Calibrate Adjust using Automatic Process 03 Power OFF and Restart the printer 04 Update System Firmware Possible for customer to perform action 05 Upgrade Driver or Computer Software 06 Add Accessory 07 Escalate 08 Send Plot Again 09 Wrong Part Installed 10 Replace 11 Reseat Reconnect Clean Adjust manually 12 Calibrate Adjust using Automatic Process W 13 Power OFF Q Oo 14 Update System Firmware Q HP qualified personnel assistance required u 15 Upgrade Driver or Computer Software 4 the 16 Add Accessory iF 17 Escalate E 7 18 Send Plot Again gt n N 19 Wrong Part Installed Continuable and non continuable error codes Some of the Error Codes are continuable which means you can press OK on the frontpanel and continue working with the printer Non Continuable Error Codes do not allow you to continue working with the printer in this case power the printer OFF and ON again and see if the System Error disappears If the Error Code reappears then the printer requires an on site visit in order to resolve the problem E NOTE Ifthe solution calls for a replacement part replace one component at a time and check if the error has been cleared before replacing another component Using this procedure you will be able to determine exactly which component has failed SE 01 0 10 Cause Main PCA hardware failure ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 45 Solution Try the following
233. nother Assembly or Component 8 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW The printer does not power on To resolve printer power up problems do the following 1 Check that the power cord is connected correctly to the printer and to the power socket 2 Check that the power switch at the rear of the printer is in the on position 3 Check that the front panel cable is correctly connected to the Electronics Module Also make sure that the front panel cable is not damaged 4 Check to see if any of the LEDs on the power switch are on If any of the LEDs are on then see How to read the power switch LEDs on page 15 for more information The printer hangs during printing and displays processing O O 2 lt VN 2 0 Yen It has been seen under certain circumstances that the printer hangs whilst printing this may happen immediately after printing or only a partial print In some cases when this occurs if the machine is restarted a system error 79 04 is displayed although restarting again appears to clear this error After this point although the printer displays that it is in the Ready state attempting to print anymore plots will once again hang the printer including internal demo plots 79 04 Cause Solution The reason for this error is that a large spooled file 11 GB for Perform the following few steps to clear the error example has been sent to the printer and has been placed in the disk partition which
234. nsitive to the basket or to anything else that it contacts soon after printing depending on the amount of ink used and the environmental conditions at the time of printing To reduce the risk of scuffs and scratches e Handle prints carefully e Avoid stacking prints on top of each other e Catch your prints as they are cut from the roll and do not let them fall into the basket Alternatively leave a sheet of paper in the basket so that freshly printed sheets do not make direct contact with the basket Ink marks on the paper If a lot of ink is used on plain or coated paper the paper absorbs the ink quickly and expands As the printheads move over the paper the printheads may come into contact with the paper and smear the printed image This problem is normally seen only on cut sheets of paper not on roll paper ENWW Print quality issues by symptom 173 J ai p 2 a z Whenever you notice this problem cancel the printing job immediately Press the Cancel key and also cancel the job from your computer application Soaked paper can damage the printheads Try the following suggestions to avoid this problem 1 Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software To check on the front panel use the View information key 2 Use a recommended paper type and the correct print settings 3 Try changing to a thicker paper type such as HP Heavyweig
235. nting Printheads are installed in the carriage during the priming process they will be rejected and the front panel will show a warning message e Check that the protective tape has been removed from the printhead e Insert the Printhead into the Carriage Assembly but this time correctly close the cover using the latch e Clean the electrical contacts on both the printheads and the printhead Carriage Assembly using the carriage interconnect wiper Carriage Interconnect Wiper on page 87 e Replace the Printhead with a new one You cannot insert the Ink Cartridge into the printer 1 Ensure that you have the correct HP 761 Ink Cartridge 2 Ensure that the Ink Cartridge is the correct color for that slot 3 Ensure that the Ink Cartridge is the correct orientation with the color coded label at the top A CAUTION Never clean inside the Ink Cartridge slots as this can cause damage to the printer ENWW Summary of solving ink supplies problems 85 You cannot insert the Printhead into the printer 1 Ensure that you have the correct HP 761 Printhead 2 Ensure that the printhead is the correct color for that slot 3 Ensure that the printhead is in the correct orientation 4 Ensure that the protective cap is removed from the Printhead You cannot insert the Maintenance Cartridge into the printer 1 Ensure that you have the correct HP 761 Maintenance Cartridge 2 Ensure that the Maintenance Cartridge is in the correct orientation
236. o Vacuum Fan cable is not damaged e Check that the Interconnect PCA to Vacuum Fan cable is correctly connected to the Interconnect PCA and the Vacuum Fan PCA e Ifthe problem persists replace the Interconnect PCA to Vacuum Fan cable Vacuum Fan Cable on page 250 SE 44 2 10 Cause Right Aerosol Fan stopped or spinning at lower speed Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer N lt VN f a 3 i gt fe gt A O Q M N e Check that the Right Aerosol Fan cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the PrintMech PCA e Check that there is no obstacle blocking the fan e Replace the Right Aerosol Fan Aerosol Fan and Filter on page 252 SE 44 4 10 Cause Right Aerosol Fan Filter blocked Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the Right Aerosol Fan cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the PrintMech PCA e Ifthe system error persists replace the Aerosol Filter Aerosol Fan and Filter on page 252 SE 45 03 Cause Rewinder servo shutdown 64 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cor
237. o exit 7 When the following message appears on the Front Panel press OK to continue and completely erase the Hard Disk Drive or press Cancel to exit Disk Wipe DoD S220 22 M Warning The HDD will be erased and data will be Lost Press w to continue Press to exit 8 The erase process starts and the front panel shows the total time required to erase the Hard Disk Drive using the selected Sanity Level along with a progress bar DoD 352770 22 M DoD 3220 2 2M AS in AF s Y A Ft Total Time 4 Hours Total Time 40 Hours 1 Pass Mode 5 Pass Mode V on W oS ENWW Service utilities 117 M N f Ww Q Q y M N Paper Sensor replacement The purpose of this Service Utility is to unload the paper and leave the Smart Roll loading System in a position in which the Media Sensor can be replaced easily before powering off the printer to proceed with the replacement 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Paper Sensor Replacement and press OK Service utilities P Replace CULLET e Enabler Disable Firewall H Disk Wipe DoD 5220 228M P Show Hide Front Panel to Paper Sensor Replacement Soft printhead servicing I O Tests 2 Check that there is no print remaining in the printer If so open the Window and cut the print with a cutter or scissors leaving the leading edge of the paper in the platen near the pinchwheels Press OK when done Paper Sen
238. oaded rolls Pause printer to load paper Stops printing if the document width does not match any of the loaded rolls Minimize paper waste Print anyway Prints always If the loaded paper is narrower than the document to be printed the document is clipped Put job on hold Puts the job on hold if the document is wider than any of the loaded rolls Pause printer to load paper Stops printing if the document is wider than any of the loaded rolls 4 Chapter 1 Printing tips and tricks ENWW 2 Troubleshooting e Printer education and training on page 7 e Firmware update on page 7 e Print quality troubleshooting on page 8 e Troubleshooting system error codes on page 8 O c p O fe lt V 2 fe Se e Performing a service test on a failed assembly on page 8 e Performing the necessary service calibrations on page 8 e The printer does not power on on page 9 e The printer hangs during printing and displays processing on page 9 e The printer continuously rejects printheads on page 10 e Anew maintenance cartridge is incorrectly detected as used on page 10 e Cover sensors are not working on page 10 e The Line Sensor has problems detecting paper on page 10 e How to remove the Left Hub when the actuator is broken on page 10 e Troubleshooting paper jams and printhead crashes on page 11 e Troubleshooting shutdowns on page 12 e Vacuum suction much lower at high altitudes on page 13 e Banding at var
239. oblem before printing by previewing your print e Check the actual printable area for the paper size that you have loaded printable area paper size margins e Check what your software understands to be the printable area which it might cite as printing area or imageable area For example some software programs assume standard printable areas that are larger than those used in this printer e Ifyou have defined a custom page size that has very narrow margins the printer might impose its own minimal margins and clip your image slightly You might want to use a larger paper size e f your image contains its own margins you might be able to print it successfully by using the Clip contents by margins option e Ifyou are trying to print a very long image on a roll make sure that your software can print an image of that size e You might have asked to rotate the page to landscape orientation on a paper size that is not sufficiently wide e If necessary reduce the size of the image or document in your software so that it fits between the margins Other explanations exist for a clipped images Some programs such as Adobe Photoshop Adobe Illustrator and CorelDRAW use an internal 16 bit coordinate system which means that they cannot handle an image of more than 32 768 pixels If you try to print a larger image the bottom of the image will be clipped To print the entire image try these suggestions e Ifyou are using an HP GL
240. oll loading System Damper on page 276 e Smart Roll loading System Door on page 280 e Smart Roll loading System Door Arms on page 268 e Smart Roll loading System Door Spring on page 267 e Smart Roll loading System Door Switch on page 276 e Smart Roll loading System Gear on page 262 e Smart Roll loading System Motor on page 261 e Threading Roller on page 260 e Trim Left on page 334 e Trim Right on page 333 e Vacuum Fan on page 248 e Vacuum Fan Cable on page 250 e Window on page 227 e Window Position Sensor on page 338 J mae M 5 Q ba M 3 fe lt 2 218 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Disassembly order ENWW Introduction on page 221 Screw types on page 222 Cover Right on page 223 Cover Left on page 226 Window on page 227 Cover Top on page 229 Connector Cover Right on page 235 Connector Cover Left on page 236 Front Panel on page 236 Primer Assembly on page 238 Primer Valves on page 240 Primer Valve Cable on page 242 Service Station on page 243 Vacuum Fan on page 248 Vacuum Fan Cable on page 250 Aerosol Fan and Filter on page 252 Drop Detector on page 253 Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 Smart Roll loading System Cover Left on page 257 Paper Feed Brake on page 258 Threading Roller on page 260 Smart Rollloading System Motor on page 261 Smart Rollloading System Gear on page 262 Smart Roll loading System Door Spring on page 267
241. olution This printhead may have reached a degradation level that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 4 02 Cause The Magenta Cyan Printhead T7100 or Dark Gray Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 4 is nearing the end of its useful life Solution This printhead may have reached a degradation level that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty 56 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW SE 28 5 02 Cause The Matte Black Printhead T7100 in slot 5 is nearing the end of its useful life the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This printhead may have reached a degradation level that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 6 02 Cause The Matte Black Printhead T7100 in slot 6 is nearing the end of its useful life the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This printhead may have reached a degradation l
242. on page 15 and How to read the Formatter LEDs on page 16 System error codes System error codes are hexadecimal numbers generally caused by internal system errors The following pages contain a list of system error codes and their respective descriptions and recommended corrective actions Try one recommended action at a time and check whether the error code has disappeared If you have an error code which is not documented in this Service Manual or you have an error which you cannot resolve then report the error to the HP Response Center or the nearest HP Support Office When reporting the error have the following information ready e Model and Serial Number of the printer e Which firmware revision the printer is using see Note below Check firmware in Setup Menu Information Menu Show Printer Information e The complete error number see Note below e The complete error number see Note below e The Service Configuration Print e The Current configuration sheet N lt 4 f a 3 M ka fe gt A O Q M N e Which software application the customer is using name version and so on EY NOTE When reporting the System Error Code make sure that you supply the full Internal Error Code and the firmware version Without this information HP Support Personnel cannot help you To view the Internal Error Code hold the DOWN key and press the CANCEL key at the same when the System Error Code is displayed on the F
243. on page 196 a e Belt Assembly see Scan axis Assemblies on page 196 gt e Carriage Assembly without PCA and Cutter Preventive Maintenance Kit 2 Q o e Aerosol Filter see Service Station on page 243 E e Service Station Aerosol Assembly see Service Station on page 243 CQ105 67041 S e Ink Absorber see User s Guide e Line Sensor see Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 e Encoder Strip see Scan axis Assemblies on page 196 CQ533 60001 Power Cord Kit for Europe EU Switzerland Middle East South Africa CQ533 60002 Power Cord Kit for America USA Canada Mexico Argentina Brazil Chile CQ533 60003 Power Cord Kit for Asia Singapore Hong Kong India Thailand Philippines Vietnam Cambodia Korea Indonesia Japan China Taiwan Australia New Zealand CPU Fan Jumper Cord for Chile Uruguay Argentina 204 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Stacker e Stand on page 206 e Covers and Sensors on page 207 e Paper Trays on page 208 e Rollers and Transport Belt on page 209 e Roller Bushings on page 210 e Drive Motor on page 211 e Electronics Module on page 212 e Input Trays on page 213 e Miscellaneous on page 214 WV z 5 Ea D Ee oO c e N sju im 5 A ENWW Stacker 205 Stand Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure Complete Stand including Right and Left Leg Leg Extension Crossbeam Q5677 60024 2 Q5677 60025 Wheels and Foot Extension Kit
244. or codes 55 SE 28 8 01 Cause The Gray Dark Gray Printhead T7100 in slot 8 is deteriorating the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 1 02 Cause The Yellow Printhead T7100 or Matte Black Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 1 is nearing the end of its useful life Solution This printhead may have reached a degradation level that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 2 02 Cause The Yellow Printhead T7100 or Matte Black Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 2 is nearing the end of its useful life Solution This printhead may have reached a degradation level that prevents the printer from producing acceptable prints consistently If it becomes unacceptable in the future run the Clean Recover Printhead procedure N lt VN f I 3 i ka fe a A O Qu i N E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 3 02 Cause The Magenta Cyan Printhead T7100 or Dark Gray Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 3 is nearing the end of its useful life S
245. ostic a k O a a D Ga e Force Drop Detection e Disable Paper Advance Sensor Visual Alignment Diagnostic Print This print helps you to check any alignment problems of the printer You can use it to measure the alignment error with an accuracy of one dot row The print is split into three areas The first two are the same print printed at different speeds 40 and 60 ips to check most of the printhead alignment The print modes associated with these speeds are shown in the following table PM by Paper Category Paper Type Category Quality Setting Plain or Technical Bond Recycled Matte Film Normal Natural Tracing Paper Translucent Bond and so on Best Best Extra passes Heavyweight Coated Paper Glossy Paper Backlit All Polypropylene The third part is to check the same color staggered printhead overlap ENWW How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 157 Ayyonb und What to see in the Auto Printhead Alignment Diagnostics 1 158 Chapter 7 Print quality At the left we have four checks for the printhead to printhead alignment in scan axis direction Pen2Pen Fwd or Pen2Pen Rey It is forward and reverse e The top pattern is related to the front printhead nearest to the user when doing the printhead replacement e The bottom pattern is related to the rear printhead more far to the user when doing the printhead replacement The area to check is the junction marked wi
246. otobase Universal 190 gsm or Oc Smart Dry Photo Paper Gloss 190 g m 188 microns In this case do not use the HP Premium Instant Dry Gloss which is much heavier and thicker 260 g m 10 3 mil 260 microns e Selecting the wrong basic paper type to create a paper preset can result in printing issues such as poor color performance or the paper not being advanced accurately e Donot use the cutter on Fine Art papers 182 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW For paper settings that can be downloaded from the HP Knowledge Center refer to Downloading Paper Presets After downloading and installing a paper preset the new paper will display inside the Custom category both in the driver and in the front panel Table 2 Commercially available paper types Print mode Best Printing Paper type black Plain Paper All 2 Ap bidi Bright White Bond Paper All 2 Ap bidi ray Bond and Coated Paper All 2 1200x1200 8p bidi Yes S Coated Paper o Heavyweight Coated Paper 30 10p bidi E S Super Heavyweight Coated All 10p bidi D Paper A Photo Matte Paper 30 10p bidi Photo Gloss Semi Gloss Satin 37 1 2p bidi Paper Photo Paper Photo Gloss Semi Gloss Satin 600x 1200 a Yes l P Lg 45 12p bidi Paper more ink 12p bidi Photo Gloss Semi Gloss Satin Paper less ink ae e 12p bidi 600x1200 12p bidi Yes 1200x1200 10p bidi 1200x1200 4p bidi Yes 1200x1200 10p bidi Yes 1200x1200 l6p bidi Yes
247. owing e Check that the PrintMech to ISS Top cable cable is not damaged e Check that the PrintMech to ISS Top cable is correctly connected to the PrintMech PCA and ISS Top PCA e Replace the PrintMech to ISS Top cable which is included in the Electronics Module Cable Kit SE 24 1 11 Cause ISS Top to ISS Bottom cable does not seem to be connected Solution Try the following e Check that the ISS Top to ISS Bottom cable cable is not damaged e Check that the ISS Top to ISS Bottom cable is correctly connected to the ISS Top PCA and ISS Bottom PCA e Replace the ISS Top to ISS Bottom cable which is included in the Electronics Module Cable Kit SE 26 0 01 Cause Bad contact detected in ISS slot O floater ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 5 Solution Try the following operations on the Yellow Ink Cartridge T7100 or the Matte Black Ink Cartridge T7100 Monochrome e Remove the Ink Cartridge and reinstall it into the printer e Replace the Ink Cartridge e Check that the ISS to Cartridge cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Ink Supply Tubes PCA e Replace the ISS to Cartridge cable gt ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 SE 26 1 01 Cause Bad contact detected in ISS slot 1 floater Solution Try the following operations on the Cyan Cartridge T7100 or the Dark Gray Cartridge T7100 Monochrome e Remove the Ink Cartridge and reinstall it into the printer e Replace the Ink Car
248. owing information should be obtained e The front panel settings e The application and the RIP or driver that are being used e The application RIP driver settings e The type of output files that this application RIP or driver is generating e Some sample files that are representative of what the customer is using e The operating system e The method of connection to the printer e A description of the normal flow when the issue occurs and the typical frequency of occurrence for instance once every hour when sending several files non stop each of them with multiple copies With this information the environment can be replicated in order to try to tind workarounds This is also the information that will be needed at the GBU to investigate and fix the root cause of this issue once it is escalated 34 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW Hardware related SE 79 04 Hardware is by far the least likely cause of a 79 04 system error Replacing hardware components does not normally fix the issue and increases the total turnaround time in finding a workable solution In some cases a failure in a component in the printer s electronics may cause a 79 04 system error since the printer s electronics are involved in the execution of the firmware and the processing of jobs However hardware failures in the electronics tend to produce specitic system errors that point directly to the component that is failing Some hardware causes that could be
249. p and running in the shortest possible time 1 Send the job using a variety of different settings The issue is often caused by a combination of the job contents combined with some specific setting s 2 Ifthe customer is sending the file directly to the printer try using the HP driver instead 3 Ifthe issue occurs when printing through the HP PostScript driver from an application with PS passthrough try changing the options in the application so that it prints PS as raster the option is typically located in the Advanced options of the application s printing dialog Data related SE 79 04 The printer has a hard disk and non volatile memory that contain databases and files that can be moditied by the customer Some examples include e The printer s queue ka e SE D N gt fe fe Q e The hard disk partitions that contain the customer s jobs e The database that stores printer settings e The database that stores accounting information Some of these data are accessed by the printer at start up time and some others are accessed as needed If any of these fields contain corrupt data or data with characters or values that cannot be correctly processed by the printer a 79 04 system error may occur Cause There are two different types of symptoms for data related 79 04 system errors 1 When the corrupt data are accessed during start up a The printer will display a 79 04 during the start up pro
250. p process stops when the front panel is displaying the number 17 this indicates that there is a problem with the file system on the printer s Hard Disk Drive so the printer is checking the whole file system and making any necessary corrections This problem can arise when there has been a power cut while the printer was switched On or if there is a physical problem with the Hard Disk Drive Checking the whole file system normally takes about half an hour but could take much longer There is nothing that can be done to speed up the file checking process If you turn Off the printer during the checking process the file system check will restart whenever you turn it On again If you experience this problem repeatedly when there has been no power cut then this could mean that the Hard Disk Drive is faulty In this case replace the Hard Disk Drive See Hard Disk Drive HDD on page 374 2 Ifthe printer s start up process stops when the front panel is displaying any other number between 1 and 30 then try the following oo p O O lt W 2 Oo Yen e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e If the printer continues to stop during the power up process replace the Hard Disk Drive See Hard Disk Drive HDD on page 374 How to interpret the Service Information Pages The Service Information Pages contain the following in
251. page 256 236 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW ENWW 3 Disconnect the Front Panel cable 145 75 Si ve T w TOA e ieee eee 5 Unroute the cable Disassembly order 237 O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 6 Release the cable from the Right Arc 7 Remove two T 15 screws from the Front Panel 8 Remove the Front Panel J gt j g L Q gt LS 3 e lt Q Primer Assembly Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 238 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 3 Remove the Front Panel See Front Panel on page 236 4 Disconnect the Primer Assembly cable from the Interconnect PCA 5 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 239 7 Remove four T 10 screws that secure the Primer Assembly to the Service Station Er NOTE Use a short screw driver less than 10 cm in length 8 Remove the Primer Assembly from the Service Station E NOTE When installing the Primer Assembly use the identification marks on the Primer Assembly Tubes to ensure they are correctly connected Er gt 8 Wi Primer Valves Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power ca
252. page 274 e Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 216 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW e Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on page 298 e Interconnect Cables on page 400 e Interconnect PCA on page 357 e ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 e Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 e Main PCA on page 369 e Maintenance Cartridge Door on page 327 e Maintenance Cartridge Door Sensor on page 327 e Media Axis Motor on page 324 e Media Deflector on page 328 e Media Sensor on page 336 e OMAS Cable on page 363 e OMAS Controller Card on page 360 e Optical Media Advance Sensor OMAS on page 352 e Output Platen on page 329 e Paper Feed Brake on page 258 e Pinchwheel Assembly on page 401 e Pinchwheel Lever on page 348 e Power Supply Unit PSU on page 376 e Primer Assembly on page 238 e Primer Valve Cable on page 242 e Primer Valves on page 240 e PrintMech PCA on page 381 e PW Cover on page 342 e Rear Door on page 344 O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q sjm i A e Rear Trim Left on page 343 e Rear Trim Right on page 343 e Rewinder Gear and Motor on page 270 e Roller Guide with Mylar on page 351 e Scan Axis Motor on page 320 e Service Station on page 243 e Smart Roll loading System Cosmetic Sheet Metal and Separator on page 337 ENWW Service part order 217 e Smart Roll loading System Cover Left on page 257 e Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 e Smart R
253. page 31 4 Remove all cartridges printheads and the maintenance cartridge Unload the paper Restart the printer If the printer can start normally insert the consumables one by one until you isolate the one that is causing the error Do not insert any of the replaced consumables in another printer mal ka fe SE D N gt O fe Q 5 Restart the printer in Diagnostics Boot Mode and perform the Electronics test If an electronic component is identified as faulty replace it 6 Restart the printer in Diagnostics Boot Mode and Reset the EEROM If the issue is solved by this this is a data related 79 04 system error and you should follow the guidelines see Data related SE 79 04 on page 30 7 If the unit has been used for some time and suddenly has started to show this behavior replace the Hard Disk Drive it may be included with the Formatter in some models 8 Ifthe issue is new and the issue happens since the first boot do not replace the Hard Disk Drive 9 If none of the previous steps solved the issue escalate the issue with the following information e Unit information S N P N accessories e Conditions where the problem occurs and conditions prior to the first occurrence of the problem e The results of the previous steps e The System Error detailed information this can be obtained by pressing CANCEL Down e The printer logs Front panel displays 79 04 during printer operation not while
254. paper the front panel prompts you to load it in the normal way Line Sensor calibration Diagnostic result OF Please load paper and start again Press ok to continue Load the paper then press OK 7 The printer starts to calibrate the Line Sensor position to the black printhead It prints a line of black dots and then scans them 8 When the Line Sensor has been calibrated the results are displayed on the front panel Press OK to finish the calibration or Cancel to exit Line Sensor calibration Y offset range 3 to 59 Y offset got 45 offset range 2 to 20 x offset got 4 Press ok to confirm or x to exit 9 The printer now aligns the printheads When the following message appears press OK to continue or Cancel to exit Line Sensor calibration Printhead Alignment Calibration Press ok to continue or to exit ENWW Entering the Service Calibrations menu 131 7 gt k a a e T Q O L 10 When the printhead alignment is completed the following message is be displayed Press OK to continue Printhead alignment Printhead alignment successfully completed Press a to continue If the printhead alignment fails for any reason a warning message will appear on the front panel In this case try the following e Enter the front panel menu and retry the printhead alignment e Ifthe printhead alignment fails again check the alignment pattern to see whether any of the printheads
255. pdate the driver to the latest version ENWW How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error 37 3 Update the printer s firmware Even if the currently installed tirmware version is the latest one reinstall it Send the job using different print settings The following ones can be helpful a Try sending the job without selecting a paper preset in the driver Try changing the Image Quality settings c If you are using the HP GL 2 driver try the option Send job as bitmap d If you are using the PS driver try using the HP GL 2 driver instead e Ifyou are using the PS driver from an Adobe application or any other application that can handle PS try changing the application s print settings so that the PS is generated as Raster 4 Try the following Front Panel settings a Change the Print Language option in the Front Panel from Automatic which is the default setting to the language that is being printed PS HP GL 2 b Queue OFF a fe SE D N gt O fe Q c Start Printing After processing d For PS SKUs try changing the encoding setting Automatic by default to Binary or ASCII 5 If you are using a third party application that does not print through the HP driver try modifying the printing workflow by a Using an HP driver b Changing the settings in the application s printing dialog 6 If you are using an accessory Jetdirect card try using the internal network conn
256. pecific job Because of this troubleshooting these issues is normally quite complex 1 Restart the printer twice after the first restart the printer will show the 79 04 system error again since the printer will attempt to reprint the last job in the queue If the issue continues occurring randomly continue troubleshooting oo p O O lt W 2 0 Yen 2 If you are using an HP driver update the driver to the latest version 3 Update the printer s firmware Even if the currently installed firmware version is the latest one reinstall it 4 Try the following changes in the workflow a Change the Print Language option in the Front Panel from Automatic which is the default setting to the language that is being printed PS HP GL 2 b Queue OFF c Start Printing After processing d For PS SKUs try changing the encoding setting Automatic by default to Binary or ASCII e Ifyou are using the HP GL 2 driver try sending the job as a bitmap 5 If you are using a third party application that does not print through the HP driver try modifying the printing workflow by a Using an HP driver b Changing the settings in the application s printing dialog 6 Escalate the issue with the following information e Unit information S N P N accessories e The printer information pages either printed and faxed or obtained through the Embedded Web Server e The System Error deta
257. per encoder Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Perform Paper Drive diagnostics N lt WV f g 3 M ka fe gt A O Q M N e Replace the Encoder Disc and Sensor Encoder Disc and Sensor on page 397 SE 56 10 Cause Paper Encoder calibration failed Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Perform Paper Drive diagnostics e Replace the Encoder Disc and Sensor Encoder Disc and Sensor on page 397 SE 59 1 09 Cause Two electrical parts have been replaced at the same time Solution Replace one part at a time and restart the printer before replacing another SE 59 2 00 Cause An unsupported or reused part has been installed Solution Install only new parts recommended by HP for this printer 68 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW SE 60 1 11 Cause Initialization error Solution Try the following e Turn the power off at the rear of the printer and disconnect the power cord e Check that the printer is properly connected in all other respects In particular check that the tag cable is well connected to the ISS Top PCA and the ISS Top PCA is well connected to the PrintMech PCA e Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Ifthe
258. performance of the Magenta Cyan Printhead T7100 or Dark Gray Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 3 Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printheads and check their status ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 53 SE 27 4 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor performance of the Magenta Cyan Printhead T7100 or Dark Gray Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 4 Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printheads and check their status SE 27 5 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor pertormance of the Matte Black Printhead T7100 in slot 5 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printheads and check their status SE 27 6 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor performance of the Matte Black Printhead T7100 in slot 6 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printheads and check their status SE 27 7 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor performance of the Gray Dark Gray Printhead T7100 in slot 7 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printhead
259. prints stack better in the bin or the HP stacker To avoid selecting the wrong paper name when loading we recommend hiding paper types that you never use which can be done from the HP Utility Paper advance calibration The printer will automatically start paper advance calibration in the following situations e Anewtype of plain or coated paper is loaded for the first time Each type is calibrated separately for instance there is one calibration for plain paper and another for HP Universal Inkjet Paper e Anew matte black printhead is installed e The firmware is updated Calibration adjusts the paper advance to reduce banding and line continuity issues for each paper type including all different roll sizes It is important to use a different front panel name for each paper type For example if a third party plain paper A is loaded as plain in the front panel and a third party paper B is also loaded as plain the printer may not be optimized for paper B We recommend in this case using a different name for B for instance HP Universal Inkjet Paper OMAS calibration Automatic paper Manual paper advance Factory paper advance advance calibration calibration calibration Paper advance settings This is a dynamic correction This is an offset applied to the This is an offset applied to the specitic to each paper applied to every advance paper advance that takes into other paper advance category This is a baseline depe
260. ptions gt Printer Features If you change this option you may wish to reprint your job at this point in case the problem has been solved 4 lt lines are too thin or missing print the Image Diagnostics Print 3 ifthe problem remains go to the front panel and select the Ink menu icon then Printhead information to see the printhead alignment status If the status is PENDING you should align the printheads After alignment you may wish to reprint your job in case the problem has been solved 6 Go to the front panel and press the View information key j to see the paper advance calibration status If the status is DEFAULT or RRCOMMENDED you should perform paper advance calibration Lines appear stepped or jagged If lines in your image appear stepped or jagged when printed ENWW Print quality issues by symptom 169 The problem may be inherent in the image Try to improve the image with the application you are using to edit it Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings Select the custom printquality options in the driver dialog and turn on the Maximum detail option if available Lines print double or in the wrong colors This problem can have various visible symptoms J ae ines To 2 m lt Colored lines are printed double in different colors e The borders of colored blocks are wrongly colored To correct this kind of problem 1 Reseat the printheads by removing th
261. purpose of this test is to check the operation of the OMAS system Entering the Service Tests menu NOTE To enter the Service Utilities Menu see Entering the Service Utilities menu on page 108 ENWW 1 E Make sure the printer is switched off with the Power key on the front of the printer and not with the power switch on the back of the printer For Call Agents who will request the user to perform certain troubleshooting actions hold the Down and OK keys down and turn the printer on using the Power key Wait until you hear one beep usually after 5 seconds before releasing all three keys For On Site Engineers hold the Up and OK keys down and turn the printer on using the Power key Wait until you hear one beep usually after 5 seconds before releasing all three keys Once inside the Service Tests Menu use the arrow keys to scroll through the Service Tests selections Press the OK key to begin a specific test when the required Service Test is highlighted NOTE The Service Tests work in a special mode that does not require full initialization of the printer Therefore once you have finished with the Service Tests you must power off the printer and power on again before trying to print In some cases a quick press of a button may not be recognized by the printer When pressing a button be sure to press it deliberately and all the way to the bottom of its travel If the printer hangs up during a test switch the printer o
262. r Banding due to ink cartridge replacement while printing A user has removed the Ink Cartridge while the printer was printing which has caused the printer to stop If the user does not replace the Ink Cartridge immediately when the printer starts to print again a band will appear in the position where the printing restarted This is because the wet ink interacts with the dried ink on the paper causing the band to appear To solve the problem try the following e Do NOT remove the Ink Cartridge while the printer is Printing Only replace remove Ink Cartridges in between Prints e Ifthe Ink Cartridge was replaced due to the Empty status on the Front Panel then advise the customer to replace the Ink Cartridge when the Very Low status is showing on the Front Panel e Reprint the file without remove the Ink Cartridge 34 Rice Paper not supported Roll width is 34 non standard and the pinch wheels can t control the edge of the paper causing ink smears and printhead crashes 14 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW Worm marks on HP Coated Paper with light area fills Light bands S shaped in the direction of the media axis when light area fills are printed causing an unacceptable print quality detect e Print the Service Configuration Print and check whether the ambient humidity is very low below 30 Increasing humidity may help to reduce the severity of the problem amp NOTE The paper is causing the problem an
263. r 283 10 Disconnect the Trailing Cable trom the Carriage PCA J ma i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 284 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 13 Remove the Ink Supply Tubes from the Carriage and safely place to one side of the printer O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A ENWW Disassembly order 285 16 Lift the Primer and hold the Primer to its maximum position to avoid damaging it when you move the Carriage in the next step J ma i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 286 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 19 Remove one T 10 screw Type C that secure the Encoder Strip 20 Remove four T 20 screws Type N that secure the right Scan Axis Bracket E NOTE Note that these are Chassis screws and in normal circumstances should NEVER be removed but in this case we need to remove them in order to remove the Carriage 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 287 22 Remove the Carriage Stopper Screw T 20 from the Chassis 24 Slide the Carriage including the belt to the right and out of the printer 25 If the Carriage is to be replaced make sure that you remove the Belt the Carriage PCA Encoder and Line Sensors and the Cutter in order to install them on the new Carriage E NOTE After installing the new Carriage make sure you perform the following Service Utility
264. r 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW EY NOTE If possible always perform this test before replacing any component of the media axis 1 In the Diagnostics submenu scroll to Paper Drive and press OK Diagnostics menu Scan Axis e Paper Drive Electronics Module Carriage Assembly HA IOS Service Station m TAO Tafarmatinn El 2 The front panel asks you to unload the paper If there is a roll loaded unload it manually Press OK when done Paper Drive Please unload the paper Press w to continue 3 The printer performs some movement tests The drive roller may move repeatedly during the tests At the end the following message will be shown if the tests succeeded Paper Drive Checking movement Test passed Press m to continue 4 Depending on the results of the tests the front panel may display one of the following messages e The printer was unable to make the test movements correctly Paper Drive Checking movement Failed to perform movement Press m to continue e You are asked to load paper manually and press OK Paper Drive Please raise the Lever Please Load the paper Please Lower the lever Press w to continue EY NOTE Please ignore references to the lever You may need to open and close the rear door e The printer tries the movements again Paper Drive Is paper moving Press and to change the Value Yes Press ok to confirm selection 5 The printer calibrates the analog
265. ration is complete the result is displayed on the front panel Press OK to leave the calibration process Primer Calibration Diagnostic result OF Press w to continue 12 Replace the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 Reset vacuum calibration The purpose of this Service Calibration is to reset the nominal values of the Vacuum Calibration EY NOTE Reset the vacuum calibration only if the vacuum fans are working the printer can turn them on without system errors but the vacuum pressure is incorrect and there are carriage crashes The existing calibration will be lost ENWW Reset the vacuum calibration as follows 1 In the Service Calibrations submenu select Vacuum Calibration and press OK Service calibrations E Paper advance calibration 4 H Drop Detector calibration Line Sensor calibration Calibrate Rewinder Primer calibration Reset Yacuum Calibration m Flaten Klite Tine calih A Entering the Service Calibrations menu 137 2 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue or press Cancel to exit Reset Yacuum Calibration The original calibration Will be lost Reset this calibration only if the printer is having vacuum problems Press ok to continue or to exit 7 gt oh a a Q L Q O 7 3 The front panel asks for confirmation If you are sure that you want to reset the calibration press OK to continue or press Ca
266. ray cMssos 3 Cartridges 169 0 cc 5 Magenta CMg93A t Cartridges 123 0 cc 5 Magenta CM987S 2 Cartridges 104 0 cc Gray CM9954A 2 Cartridges 183 0 cc 6 Gray cl4989S 2 Cartridges 119 0 cc Media Usage per Media Type Coated Paper 46 41 m 499 53 f Heavyweight Coated Paper 4 09 m7 44 06 fF HP Coated Paper 41 87 m 450 71 fF Plain Paper 304 08 m 3 273 13 f HP Universal Bond Paper 83 10 mF 894 49 fi Photo Gloss Paper 16 82 m 181 04 fF Recycled Bond Paper 2 00 m 21 51 fF 2 00 m 21 55 fF 0 11 m 1 15 fF Adhesive Polyprop Satin HP Uni Hg Photo Paper Belt usage cycles 18427 Motor usage cycles 15427 Cutter usage cycles 401 Trailing cable usage cycles 15427 Tube ISS usage cycles 15427 Tube Primer cc 0 Motor usage Working time in hours 0 Bushings life cycles 15400 Color Sensor Aerosol Exposure cycles 0 Coler sensor life hours 0 Drop detector working time hours 0 Power Off Cycles 149 Power On Cycles 452 Service Station Cycles 2700 Pen On Off Cycles 890 Plug Time hours 2958 Correct profiles 0 Total Profiles 0 Scan Axis run distance meters 23209037 Line Sensor Life hours 0 Working time hours 2 Number of OMAS Navigation fails 19 Number of OMAS Navigation OK 390 OMAS Paper length meters 322 SOL Ink Used cc 1652 Encoder Strip Ink Used cc 1652 Total CLCs 2 Correct CLCs 0 Spittoon Usage Left Spittoon 98418 Maintenance Cartridge 102640 Drop D
267. re 5 Pass Mode meets the US Department of Defense 5220 22 m requirements for clearing and sanitization of disk media Use the Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M utility as follows 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M and press OK Service utilities Fort Drive KULLET l fe Prime Tubes H Reset Life counters i Diagnostic Print Replace cutter Enable Disable Firewall H Disk Wipe Dob 116 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 2 Inthe Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M submenu scroll to Sanity Level and press OK Disk Wipe DoD 5228 220M Sanity Level e Disk Wipe DoD S220 22 M 3 In the Sanity Level submenu scroll to the required Sanity Level and press OK amp NOTE Erasing the Hard Disk drive using anything but Insecure Mode is a very slow process 6 hours for the 1 Pass Mode and 40 hours for the 5 Pass Mode Sanity Level e Insecure Mode m1 Pass Mode me S Pass Mode 4 Press Back to return to the Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M submenu 5 In the Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M submenu scroll to Disk Wipe DoD 5330 22 M and press OK 6 When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to perform a complete erase of the Hard Disk Drive using the previously selected erase mode or press Cancel to exit Disk Wipe DoD 5220 22 M This test will perform a complete and secure erase of the HOD in accordance With the requirements of DoD 5228 Press w to continue Press t
268. re 79 04 1161839074 LATEST 439 025452 MemoryAsicCommonMsg cpp 93 20100824 Mo System Warnings AW Version fe 1 advisory 79 03 271585281 DRAGON_01_00_07 1 496 637695 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1464 20100914 thom 2 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 496 637695 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100906 j 3 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 496 637695 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100908 4 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 496 637695 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100906 5 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 493 797058 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100905 6 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 493 797058 SpaceRpctlektra cpp 1422 20100805 7 advisory 73 03 271585281 LATEST 493 797058 SpaceRpctlektra cpp 1422 20100905 8 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 493 797058 SpaceRpctlektra cpp 1422 20100905 9 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 493 797058 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100903 10 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 493 235779 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100831 11 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 493 235779 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100331 12 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 493 235779 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100831 13 advisory 39 1 01 3 277880833 LATEST 491 347382 DragonRollStateMachine cpp 1190 20100830 14 advisory 39 1 01 3 277880833 LATEST 439 322876 DragonRollState Mtachine cpp 1190 20100828 15 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 439 025452 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100824 16 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 439 025452 SpaceRpcElektra cpp 1422 20100324 17 advisory 79 03 271585281 LATEST 439 025452 SpaceRpc
269. red To see the status codes select the Support tab then Service Support gt Printer Information gt Calibration Status Look for the Printer Status Codes section at the end of the page fe NOTE If no problem has been reported the status codes are irrelevant and should be ignored X TIP When troubleshooting a printquality problem you are recommended to execute Optimize print quality to ensure that the status codes are up to date Nozzle health The T7100 status code consists of 16 digits one for each group of nozzles in the following order empty yellow 1 empty yellow 2 magenta 1 cyan 1 magenta 2 cyan 2 matte black 1 matte black 1 matte black 2 matte black 2 light gray 1 dark gray 1 light gray 2 dark gray 2 a O a a 2 Ga The T7100 Monochrome status code consists of 8 digits one for each group of nozzles in the following order matte black 1 matte black 1 matte black 2 matte black 2 empty dark gray 1 empty dark gray 2 Each digit can take one of the following values e 0 no data or error e l nozzle health OK printhead in warranty nozzle health at risk level 1 printhead in warranty nozzle health at risk level 2 printhead in warranty 2 3 e 4 nozzle health OK printhead out of warranty 5 nozzle health at risk level 1 printhead out of warranty 6 o nozzle health at risk level 2 printhead out of warranty If nozzle health is at risk you are recommended to
270. reen Perform Calibration Process SLOPE 8616 72 AMP1 13 8 Q a8 PHL 3 35932 FREQ1 1 86900 AMP2 0000A FH2 GBBGHE FREQ2 2 0000A AMPs 0000A E NOTE Both the Automatic and the Manual Paper Advance Calibration which can be launched from the user menu if they exist are automatically set to zero for each kind of paper 7 gt oh A O A Q L Q O 7 5 If the calibration values are not valid the front panel displays the reason for example the percentage of good navigations is less than 90 In this case the calibration process has no effect on the printer Press OK to return to the main screen Perform Calibration Process The obtained calibration Values are not valid GOOD NAYS lt 17 0 90 Press w to continue Reset current calibration This option sets all the calibration values to zero 1 The front panel asks for confirmation before proceeding with the reset operation Press Cancel to exit or OK to continue with the reset operation Reset Calibration Parameters WARNING The current paper advance calibration will be deleted Press w to continue or to exit 2 Ifyou press OK the printer resets the calibration values after which the following message is displayed Press OK to return to the main screen Reset Calibration Parameters The paper advance calibration values have been deleted Press m to continue Show current calibration values This
271. ress the Down key first and hold it down while pressing the Cancel key You are now in the Service menu 3 Select Service calibrations and press the OK key Seryice menu Hl Service utilities Service calibrations 4 Scroll through the various service calibrations and press the OK key to begin the highlighted calibration EY NOTE It the printer is not used for 135 seconds the printer leaves the Service Calibrations menu and you must repeat the above steps to return to it Paper advance calibration The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the nominal advance of the paper to compensate for any irregularities in the drive roller which is not a perfect cylinder Calibration is necessary to control the precise movement of the paper in order to avoid print quality problems such as banding 1 In the Service Calibrations submenu select Paper Advance Calibration and press OK Service calibrations H Paper advance calibration Drop Detector calibration Line Sensor calibration Calibrate Rewinder Primer calibration Reset Vacuum Calibration m Flaten Klit e Tine eralikh El 2 The Paper Advance Calibration submenu offers four options e Check calibration status tests whether the current calibration values are valid e Perform new calibration performs a calibration in order to obtain a new set of calibration values The calibration values are automatically set to zero when a calibration process is launc
272. rform Printhead alignment icon then Align printheads 6 Ifa new paper type has been created from the Color Center check that the correct parent paper type has been used This is because there are some high ink and low ink paper types for some categories of paper used such as the photo category 7 Perform color calibration icon then Calibrate color Perform paper advance calibration icon then Calibrate paper advance 146 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW 9 Ifyou are using Application Color Management check the following e Ensure the within the color tab of the driver Application manage colors has been selected e That the color profile you are using in the application corresponds to the paper type and printquality settings e In addition for PostScript printers check the following o If you have doubts about the installed output ICC profiles on the computer perform the following from the Color Center Manage papers gt Update profiles o If you need to create a color profile go through the Color Center Create and Install ICC profile o If you have any doubt about the created ICC profile recreate it or re install the default one from the Color Center Create and Install ICC profile or Manage paper gt Restore factory ICC profile a k O g aa 2 Ga 10 Ifthe issue is the color difference between the printer and the monitor ensure that the monitor has been calibrated refer the customer
273. ridge Ink Cartridges The color printer s six Ink Cartridges provide matte black dark gray gray magenta cyan and yellow ink to the Printheads The Introductory Ink Cartridges supplied with the printer have 160 ml of ink which is an average lifespan of one month beyond the ink used to set up and install the printer The Host Ink Cartridges which are purchased to replace the Introductory Ink Cartridges hold approximately 400 ml and there is also a larger Matte Black Ink Cartridge that holds approximately 775 mi The monochrome printer s two Ink Cartridges provide matte black and dark gray ink to the Printheads It uses the same matte black and dark gray Ink Cartridges as the color printer The Ink Cartridges require no maintenance or cleaning As long as each Ink Cartridge is inserted correctly into its slot the ink will flow to the Printheads Because the Printheads control the amount of ENWW What are ink supplies 77 ink transferred to the page you will continue to see high quality printing results even when the ink levels are getting low The front panel displays the status of the Ink Cartridge Using the front panel detailed information can be checked on the Ink Cartridges The following table lists the Ink Cartridges for the HP Designjet T7100 printer series Description Part number HP 761 Matte Black 400 ml Ink Cartridge CM991A HP 761 Yellow 400 ml Ink Cartridge CM992A HP 761 Magenta 400 ml Ink Cartridge CM993
274. rinter Therefore they do not normally impact the customer severely as they do not affect their usual workflows Cause The symptoms here are as numerous as the number of possible interactions between the user and the printer In any case it s possible to identify the steps that caused the error to occur and avoid them as the steps will always be the same with no variance 32 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW Solution First identify the state the printer was in at the time the error was displayed For example an action taken when the printer is drying can produce an error whereas the same action when the printer is doing something else or is idle may not produce any error When you have identified the steps that caused the error proceed as follows 1 Escalate the issue to the GBU through the GCC in order to have it corrected in the firmware 2 Recommend to customers that they try to avoid the same steps to avoid the error 3 Ifthe conditions that cause the error are in the customer s regular workflow try to identify a different way of achieving the same result Random SE 79 04 memory leaks and concurrence issues Some 79 04 errors can happen randomly when the printer is heavily used However it s impossible to find a single set of conditions that reproduce the problem It just happens from time to time without a defined pattern oo p O O lt W 2 0 Yen These random 79 04 errors can have t
275. rints the next pages in the queue that can be printed To reprint the AO page the customer needs to access the queue from the front panel or the Embedded Web Server This setting is confusing in a workgroup enviornment because distributed customers may not know how to access the queue but it can be useful in a centralized print environment to avoid clipping Pause printer to load paper The printer stops printing completely This could be useful for a centralized printing environment where project print order must be maintained for instance when a project is a mix of AO Al and A2 in a given order ENWW Printhead alignment 3 For a workgroup environment this would not be recommended Can be usetul in a centralized print environemnt to will avoid clipping and preserve the printing order 2 The same setup as example 1 This time the customer does not want to waste paper but he does not want the printer to stop if the document size does not match the paper size J Q O N e Roll switching policy Match exact size e Paper mismatch policy Put job on hold 3 Three rolls loaded two with plain and one with glossy paper this is typical when printing line drawings of standard sizes and where some high density printing is requested Roll 1 with AO plain Roll 2 with Al plain and Roll 3 with glossy Driver settings paper type to Any and roll to Any To print on glossy paper set paper type to Glossy paper or roll to
276. rk on the Carriage Cover is correctly aligned with the Primer Positioning Indicator When the carriage is correctly aligned press OK Primer Calibration Use the up down buttons to move the carriage until the primer s long piece of plastic falls from the plastic piece of the carriage Latch Press Ok when done Carriage Right Alignment Cover Mark Primer Positioning Indicator NOT ALIGNED Carriage Movement USA Wee pea a_i ey ALIGNED X TIP To see the exact position while aligning the Carriage to the Primer it is a good idea to press down lightly on the Primer while you are moving the Carriage While the Carriage is moving the front panel shows the actual position and the direction of movement and prompts you to press OK when done Primer Calibration Moving right Current position 95806 Press Ok when done 136 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW The front panel shows the actual right offset value and then the right alignment position Primer Calibration The right offset between nominal and real value was nee Primer Calibration The right aligment between Carriage and Primer was found at the position 95688 V e 5 en 2 Q Y gt hes T N 10 The calibration process continues and the front panel shows the new nominal offset value Press OK to continue Frimer Calibration Nominal offset is 450 New nominal offset is 5298 Press w to continue 11 When the calib
277. rks on HP Coated Paper with light area fills 15 mal ka e SE D N gt fe fe Q Amber is on the Left Blue is in the center Green is on the Right 1 When only the Amber LED is On e The printer has been switched Off from the Front Panel after having pressed the On Off button e The Power Supply Unit only delivers a 5 V Standby power that is needed to restart the printer after the Front Panel On Off button is pressed the Formatter will start the printer 2 When the Blue LED is On Deliver standard ATX power for the Electronics Module PCAs 12V 5V 5V 12V and so on All the functions of the Electronics Module are fully operational Embedded Web Server and so on 3 When the Green LED is On Deliver analog 24V and 36V to enable printing If you turn on the printer at the front panel and the Blue LED does not come on there is a problem Turn off the printer using the switch at the rear then turn it on again using the same switch If the Blue LED still does not come on replace the Power Supply Unit If the Blue LED comes on this time you will probably see an error reported on the front panel as the printer starts up If no error is reported but you continue to have problems when turning on the printer from the front panel see How to read the Formatter LEDs on page 16 How to read the Formatter LEDs The LEDs located on the Formatter can help to troubleshoot the printer
278. rn fails to print for any reason an error message is displayed with instructions to follow Try the process again making sure to select HP Coated when loading the 36 inch roll that is provided If the Calibration Pattern still fails to print unload all rolls restart the printer and try again r NOTE Remove the Calibration Pattern from the printer and leave it to dry fora few minutes before continuing with the calibration Scan OMAS Calibration Pattern 1 ENWW Re enter the OMAS Calibration submenu scroll to Sean Calibration Pattern and press OK OMAS calibration me Print Calibration Pattern e Scan Calibration Pattern When the following message appears on the front panel press OK to continue with the calibration or press Cancel to exit Scan Calibration Pattern Press w to continue or to ext AX You must remove all rolls of paper from the printer Follow the instructions on the front panel to remove the rolls The front panel advises you to prepare the OMAS Calibration Pattern for loading into the printer Rotate the printed pattern 90 clockwise with the printed side down Press the OK key when you are ready to load Scan Calibration Pattern Press 0K to proceed with the load of the printed pattern cut sheet for scanning Rotate the sheet 9 degrees arrows on top Press w to continue or to exit The front panel prompts you to load the OMAS Calibration Pattern into the printer Scan Calibration
279. roblem and recommendations Ill LED panel j status o for fo jo fo l l A E 18 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW There is a power failure in the Formatter Reseat the power connector in the Formatter Replace the Main PCA If the problem persists replace the Formatter If the problem persists replace the Power Supply Unit ka fe SE D N gt fe fe co The Formatter BIOS cannot detect the Hard Disk Drive 1 Reseat the Hard Disk Drive connectors 2 Replace the Hard Disk Drive The operating system has experienced a fatal error Replace the Hard Disk Drive There is a communication failure with the Main PCA 1 Reseat the Main PCA 2 Replace the Main PCA There is an initialization failure in the Formatter Replace the Formatter There is an initialization failure in the Front Panel 1 Reseat the Front Panel cable 2 Replace the Front Panel Oft The Formatter BIOS is unable to start If an external Memory Module is installed Reseat the Memory Module Remove the Memory Module and restart the printer If the printer is able to start normally replace the Memory Module If not replace the Formatter If an external Memory Module is not installed replace the Formatter If the front panel turns on and then stops If the power up process stops while the front panel is displaying a number respond as follows 1 If the printer s Power U
280. ront Panel This is the Code that is required when escalating a problem severity Error Priority 3000 Id Ox101021a Description STRING POWER_OFF File Explanation of system error codes and warnings System Error Codes explain which component system is failing and what action should be taken to resolve the problem 42 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW System Error Codes are displayed directly on the front panel but can also be seen on the Information Page and have been defined in the format XX YZ or XX n Z m e XX Service Part 2 digits e n Service Part Index if more than one used in the product Optional o e g Identify the Ink Supply color and number e Y Who should perform the action 1 digit User or Service Engineer e Z Action to perform 1 digit e m additional actions intormation to consider 1 digit Optional e g Non authorized ink was detected PM was triggered or Printhead in out of Warranty The following table explains the XX part of the System Error Code or Warning Ca e em C 7 Q Oo fe uv ia e e pa E Q a V a Ww ENWW Explanation of system error codes and warnings 43 en me C e ew The following table explains the YZ part of the System Error Code or Warning N lt VN f i 3 1 a L e L A O Q M N 44 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW Code Recovery action Response 00 Replace 01 Reseat Reco
281. rriage Assembly Diagnostic result OK Press m to continue 9 Press OK to return to the menu IDS tests The purpose of these tests is to check the operation of the Ink Delivery System To start the Ink Delivery System tests scroll to IDS and press OK The test consists of a series of subtests as described below y Oo e VN as V Q j ENWW Entering the Service Tests menu 97 Air pressure system The purpose of this test is to check the operation of the Air Pressurization System APS You should perform this test before replacing the APS if it passes the test you do not need to replace it 1 Select Air pressure system from the Ink Delivery System Test menu 2 The front panel asks for confirmation 3 The front panel asks you to insert the Ink Cartridges Press OK after inserting all of them 4 The printer initializes various electrical subsystems pressurizes the APS holds the pressure for while then depressurizes it The current pressure is displayed on the front panel at each stage 5 If the test finishes successfully the front panel displays OK Check ink supplies The purpose of this test is to check which Ink Cartridges are valid for the purge process and their current available ink levels The status of some Ink Cartridges may not be accessible if they have previously suffered a failure faulty broken bag and so on 1 Select Check ink supplies from the Ink Delivery
282. rriage bushings 0 Reset this life counter Press ENTER to accept or BACK CANCEL to exit If the life counter information cannot be read the front panel will display Unable to get usage counter This could point to a possible firmware error 4 Ifthe utility exits correctly OK will be displayed on the front panel Diagnostic Print The purpose of this Service Utility is to print the Diagnostic Print in order to identity image quality problems y o a as V Q j ENWW Service utilities 113 Print the Diagnostic Print as follows 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Diagnostic Print and press OK Seryice utilities Turn Drive Roller Prime Tubes Reset life counters Diagnostic Print Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall Annick bine Rah Gee Fah 2 The front panel offers a selection of prints Use the arrow keys to make the selection and press the OK key to start printing the required Diagnostic Print Diagnostic Print Image Quality Service Best Image Quality Service Fast Image Quality Service Norm Advanced Diagnostic Print e Print Reference Flot Norma Print Reference Plot Best m Print Referenca Plat Fact If you select Advanced Diagnostic Print a submenu appears E Advanced Diagnostic Print Paper Advance e Printhead Alignment Nozzle Health Force Drop Detection If the OMAS sensor is enabled the printer wil
283. s ENWW 9 Printer part removal and installation Two contents lists are provided for this chapter to help you to quickly find the service part you want to replace The first list is provided in Service Part Order and the second in Disassembly Order e Service part order on page 216 e Disassembly order on page 219 O gt e z i sju be e Q i Q sjm i A ENWW 215 Service part order e Introduction on page 221 e Screw types on page 222 e Aerosol Fan and Filter on page 252 e APS Assembly on page 314 e Belt Assembly on page 338 e Carriage on page 282 e Carriage Flex Cables on page 291 e Carriage PCA on page 289 e Cartridge Tray on page 313 e Center Platen on page 387 e Connector Cover Lett on page 236 e Connector Cover Right on page 235 e Cover Left on page 226 e Cover Right on page 223 e Cover Top on page 229 e Cutter Assembly on page 340 e Deflector and Stacker Switch on page 333 e Drive Roller on page 405 e Drop Detector on page 253 e EIQ to PCA Interface Card on page 359 e Electronics Module on page 384 e Encoder Disc and Sensor on page 397 e Encoder Strip and Encoder Sensor on page 293 J a mgs 1 O Q ba M 3 fe lt 2 e Entry Platen on page 349 e Formatter on page 3 72 e Formatter Battery on page 383 e Front Panel on page 236 e Hard Disk Drive HDD on page 374 e Hub Left and Roll Support on page 277 e Indexer and Right Slider on
284. s and check their status N lt 4 f g 3 D ka fe L A O om M N SE 27 8 01 Cause Calibration failed to due to poor performance of the Gray Dark Gray Printhead T7100 in slot 8 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future clean all printheads and check their status SE 28 1 01 Cause The Yellow Printhead T7100 or Matte Black Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 1 is deteriorating Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 2 01 Cause The Yellow Printhead T7100 or Matte Black Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 2 is deteriorating 54 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one E amp Y NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 3 01 Cause The Magenta Cyan Printhead T7100 or Dark Gray Printhead T7100 Monochrome in slot 3 is deteriorating Solution This may impact your print quality If it becomes unacceptable in the future replace that printhead with a new one E NOTE This system error appears only after the printhead is out of warranty SE 28 4 01 Cause The
285. s from the Roller Cover o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 263 6 Locate the damaged segment shown in red to be removed aN a a A i we Dy 5 e 7 Remove three T 20 screws as indicated below Ea RS We lt ia sd 5 a i a E g h amp ete Us HN i S yy 8 J gt j g L Q gt D 3 e lt Q 264 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 9 Remove the second T 20 screw 11 Pull out faulty segment E gt o E ee 3 X E N n DDD T 5 T ENWW Disassembly order 265 Installation 1 Put the new segment in place Anis by j Wiee iJa D mete a a j n4 2 J gt j g xe Q gt LS 3 e lt Q 266 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 4 Insert two T 20 screws into the new segment and another into the upper segment 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes i a Smart Roll loading System Door Spring Removal 1 Close the Smart Roll loading System Door 2 Remove the Left Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Left on page 257 ENWW Disassembly order 267 3 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 4 Put ona glove to diseng
286. s submenu scroll to Turn Drive Roller and press OK Service utilities me Turn Drive Roller Prime Tubes Hl Reset life counters Diagnostic Print Replace cutter e Enable Disable Firewall H Dick bline Rah Gea Fah Lo db V om oO S V a V j ENWW Service utilities 109 2 The printer checks to see if paper is loaded If paper is loaded the front panel displays the following message Unload the paper and start again from the beginning Turn Drive Roller Paper detected Please remove media completely and start again 3 The Drive Roller begins to turn slowly and the following message is displayed on the front panel Turn Drive Roller Rotation started Please clean the drive roller Distance covered 18 Remaining time 579 Press to exit 4 Refer to the Cleaning Instructions Clean the Drive Roller and Overdrive on page 462 5 Once you have finished cleaning the Drive Roller and the Overdrive press the Cancel key to finish the utility 6 Ifthe utility exits correctly OK will be displayed on the front panel EY NOTE Please remember to remove the piece of paper from the Window Sensor before closing the Window as it could damage the Window and the Sensor Prime Tubes The purpose of this Service Utility is to prime the Tubes when the Ink Tubes are not new and they need to be re primed or automatic priming was not completed correctly amp NOTE Make sure
287. sed on an Analog Encoder Sensor is provided in the printer This analog encoder calibration requires the Advance Calibration carried out at the factory or in service through the service menu to work properly Some of the papers type that will not work with the new Paper Advance Sensor are Clear Film Backlit Some types of Matte film Some types of Polypropylene To check if your paper can use the Paper Advance Sensor go to the Service Menu gt Diagnostic print gt Others gt Visual Paper Advance Diagnostic The test will allow you to check if advance control is used The reference paper to use for the Paper Advance Calibration is HP Universal Photo Gloss If the How to use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 161 a h O g o gt a customer does not have this media order support part Q1 1272 60296 Inst dry photo glossy Calibration Sheets The flow to tix and advance issues is as follows J ay p 2 2 lt 162 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW ENWW a List of types of media which are NOT used non navigable by the OMAS media sensor HP or HP Approved Clear Film HP or HP Approved Backlit HP or HP Approved types of Mattt film HP or HP Approved types of Polypropylene A non HP or HP Approved Media In order to perform this Calibration you should order the Paper Advance Calibration Kit Part Number Q1273 60296 which contains two cut sheets of HP Universal Instant dry Gloss Photo
288. sending jobs 1 Restart the printer 2 Update the printer s firmware Even if the currently installed firmware version is the latest one reinstall it 3 Reset the printer to factory defaults 4 In order to narrow the scope of the issue try the following a Disable the queue b Disable any unused network protocols c Disable SNMP and WebServices if they are available in the printer 36 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting ENWW d Disable Sleep mode from the Service Utilities menu e Delete any Paper Presets that you may have uploaded or created using the printer Spectrophotometer 5 Restart the printer in Diagnostics Boot Mode and perform the Electronics test If an electronic component is identified as faulty replace it 6 Restart the printer in Diagnostics Boot Mode and Reset the EEROM If the issue is solved by this this is a data related 79 04 system error and you should follow the guidelines for this type of error see Data related SE 79 04 on page 30 7 Format the Hard Disk To do so you will need to start the printer normally enter the Service Utilities menu and then the Secure Disk Erase option Set the Erase method to Fast Erase and then pertorm the disk erase process This will take 45 75 minutes and will erase all user information trom the disk resolving any issue caused by corrupt data After the erase process a firmware update will be required If this solves the issue this is a data related 79 0
289. slot 13 Perform the following calibrations e OMAS Calibration See OMAS Calibration on page 140 e Paper advance Calibration gt See Paper advance calibration on page 124 Encoder Disc and Sensor Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable A CAUTION Please handle the Encoder Disc very carefully since any finger prints scratches or stains could cause the printer to malfunction 1 Remove the Left Cover See Cover Left on page 226 2 Remove the Left Connector Cover See Connector Cover Left on page 236 3 Remove the Ink Supply Station gt See Ink Supply Station ISS on page 309 4 Disconnect the Encoder Sensor cable from the PrintMech PCA ENWW Disassembly order 397 O gt 0 E on eal Em e Q S D S 0 5 Release the Encoder Sensor cable from the clip located on the Electronics Module J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q 398 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 8 Remove one T 8 screw Type D that secures the Encoder Sensor to the Chassis 9 o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 399 Interconnect Cables Removal 1 Disconnect the Interconnect Cable from the Interconnect PCA 2 a a lal al DSS j gt T iy f E z Aror p 3 Unclip the seven cable holders J gt j D xe Q ei L D 3 e lt
290. sol test Service Station e Service Station me Primer Aerosol Fan 3 The test is automatic and needs no user intervention After the test the printer will show that the diagnostic result is OK and ask you to press OK to continue If there is any failure an error message will identity the part that failed I O Information 104 This option allows you to view information about input output 1 In the Service Tests submenu scroll to I O Information and press OK 2 The printer will start to initialize and the Front Panel will display the following messages e Getting IO Interface e Getting Interface info If there is a failure at this point the Front Panel will display an error If no active interface is found the Front Panel will display No active interface found Press any key to finish Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 3 Once the IO information is obtained it is displayed on the Front Panel Press any key to exit I0 Information 23 61 127 16 23 56 1 290 290 240 0 Press any key to finish 4 Once the process is completed OK will be displayed on the Front Panel Unit information This option allows you to view the following printer information e Firmware version e Serial number e Part number e PostScript language if applicable View the Unit Information as follows 1 In the Service Tests submenu scroll to Unit Information and press OK Diagnostics menu service Station B 1 0
291. solve the problem New firmware can be downloaded here http www hp com go designjet downloads USB firmware update If it is not possible to perform a firmware update using the Embedded Web Server for instance if the printer has a System Error and the Embedded Web Server is inaccessible it is still possible to do it using a USB flash drive oo p O O lt W 2 0 Yen Turn off the printer 2 Ensure that your USB flash drive contains a valid FMW firmware file and no other files 3 Connect the USB flash drive to the USB host port on the Formatter 4 Turn on the printer and follow the instructions on the front panel Forced firmware update When the printer is started for the first time it may automatically request a firmware update in order to fix some known issues You can respond in one of the following ways e Use the USB flash drive provided in the box with the printer When a firmware update is requested you should find a USB flash drive in the box containing the new FMW firmware file Follow the instructions in the flier accompanying the USB flash drive EY NOTE The USB flash drive is provided only to update the printer s firmware No other uses of the USB flash drive are supported NOTE Ifthe USB flash drive is not in the printer box or fails to work properly then download the firmware instead e Download the FWM firmware file from the HP Web site Store the file in a stan
292. sor Replacement Please first cut any hanging plot then start the process Press o to continue or to exit 3 The printer begins to unload all rolls from the printer Follow the instructions to remove all the rolls from the printer EY NOTE All rolls must be removed to prevent the Smart Roll loading System from moving while the printer is powered off and the Sensor is being changed Paper Sensor Replacement Processing please wait 4 After removing the rolls press OK to shut down the printer Once the printer has powered off the Paper Sensor can be replaced after opening the Roll Cover Paper Sensor Replacement Press wE to shut down Soft Printhead servicing The purpose of this Service Utility is to enable or disable the soft printhead servicing mode which is disabled by default but may be enabled when spitting is visible on the print and the print quality is poor 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Soft printhead servicing and press OK Service utilities EIUTaQWUSTTG PTT Replace cutter Enable Disable Firewall Disk Wipe DoD 5220 228M i e Show Hide Front Panel Info ePaper Sensor Replacement Soft printhead servicing 118 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW 2 Press OK to enable soft printhead servicing or Cancel to disable it Soft printhead servicing Press w to enable soft printhead servicing to disable it 3 The front panel confirms your selection Soft printhead
293. ss om to continue or to exit If the wrong type of paper is loaded the following message is displayed Line Sensor calibration Invalid paper type CHP 11 13 Please use any glossy paper Please change paper Press m to exit If you choose to load the paper manually follow the instructions on the front panel Line Sensor calibration Please raise the lewer Please feed paper to cover right side of print platen Please Lower the Lever Press ok to continue 5 The printer starts to calibrate the Line Sensor When the Line Sensor has been calibrated the results are displayed on the front panel Press OK to continue or Cancel to exit Line Sensor calibration WHITE ELACKY RANGE B 03d OBW FH8 R a41 B Fe0 0 ool OBW FHe G 035 00 904 Press ok to confirm or to exit 130 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW If the values are not within the range specified an error will appear on the front panel In this case try the following e Repeat the calibration e Replace the Line Sensor See Line Sensor Assembly on page 297 6 Ifyou loaded the paper manually you must now unload it and then reload it in the normal way before the calibration can continue In this case the following message is displayed V e 5 en 2 Q Y gt hes T N Line Sensor calibration Please raise the lever Please Unload the paper Please lower the lever Press w to continue When you have unloaded the
294. t Cover See Cover Left on page 226 G gt O z Q i ni Ln 2 Q he Q an Le a ENWW Disassembly order 229 3 Release the three clips securing the Ink Supply Tubes and the Trailing Cable to the Top Cover 5 Remove the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable from within the Top Cover and lay them on the Print Platen J ma i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 230 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Remove one T 10 Type screw that secures the ESD Strip to the Top Cover on the left hand side of the printer 8 Remove the three T 15 screws that secure the PW Cover E NOTE Each screw includes a washer part number 3050 1267 o gt O z D a iad S 5 a El D ae aa A ENWW Disassembly order 231 9 Remove the PW Cover 10 Remove four T 15 screws Type H that secure the Top Cover from the rear of the printer E NOTE Each screw includes a washer part number 3050 1267 J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 232 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 12 Using a flat head screwdriver release the Top Cover from the right hand side of the printer Installation Before installing a new Top Cover take note of the following instructions 1 Position the Metallic Support on to the Top Cover O gt 0 E Q on eal Em e Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 233 2 Lock
295. t Roll loading System Door Switch Removal 1 Remove the Left Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Left on page 257 2 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 3 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 4 Disconnect the Smart Roll loading System Door Switch cable J gt j D Q ba 3 e lt Q 276 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 5 Remove two I 10 screws 6 Remove the Smart Roll loading System Door Switch Installation Betore installing the Smart Roll loading System Door Switch you must insert the screws into the switch Hub Left and Roll Support Removal 1 Open the Smart Roll loading System Door 2 Unload the paper o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 277 3 Remove one screw from the ball _ ll J gt j D xe Q ba 3 e lt Q 278 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Slide the Left Hub to the right 7 Continue sliding the Left Hub to the right until it reaches the slots 1 er o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 279 9 Remove the Left Hub Smart Roll loading System Door Removal 1 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover gt See Smart Roll loa
296. t any water get inside the printer 1 Clean the outer surface of the printer with a damp sponge or cloth Use a mild soap and water solution if necessary Do not use abrasive cleaners 2 Wipe the printer dry with a soft lint free cloth Clean the Drive Roller and Overdrive A CAUTION If ink is spilled on the Overdrive remove the ink immediately Due to the ink s reflectance ink on the Overdrive can disrupt the printer s edge sensing function To remove any ink from the Overdrive perform the following procedure CAUTION Prevent water or other liquids from running onto electrical components or circuits or through openings in the Electronics Module 1 Perform the Turn Drive Roller Utility see Turn Drive Roller on page 109 2 Open the Window and apply any common household cleaning solution water based only to a soft lint free rag and apply it to the Drive Roller and Overdrive surface while it is rotating Make sure that you thoroughly clean the Drive Roller and Overdrive surface 3 Press OK when you have completed the cleaning procedure 4 Allow the Drive Roller to dry before loading media into the printer 462 Chapter 11 Preventive maintenance ENWW Clean the Platen A CAUTION If wide paper is used to print after narrower paper is used for some time you may find that the left hand side of the Center Platen has become dirty and will leave marks on the back of the paper if not cleaned Y Q c 5 c D aan
297. t firmware version If not update the firmware to the latest version e Try to reprint the image using different selections in the driver e Disable nesting and the queue e Ifthe problem persists perform Hard Disk Recovery see Hard Disk recovery on page 120 SE 81 01 Cause Paper servo shutdown possible paper jam Solution Try the following e Open the Window and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Drive Roller If there is a wrinkled mass of paper inside the paper path lift the Pinchwheels using the Media Lever and clear the obstruction W Q Ee fe Uv ia e Pe pe Q E Q V an e e Check that the OMAS Controller Card to PrintMech PCA cable is not damaged e Check that the OMAS Controller Card to PrintMech PCA cable is correctly connected to the OMAS Controller Card and the PrintMech PCA e Perform the Media Drive Diagnostic Paper Drive test on page 92 to further troubleshoot the error code SE 85 03 Cause Problem finding the Drive Roller zero Solution Perform the Media Drive Diagnostic Paper Drive test on page 92 to further troubleshoot the error code SE 86 01 Cause Carriage servo shutdown possible paper jam ENWW Continuable and non continuable error codes 73 Solution Try the following e Open the Window and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Carriage Assembly If there is a wrinkled mass of paper inside the paper
298. t normally generate 79 04 system errors since the output that our drivers generate is under control and has been designed taking into consideration the characteristics of our printer s language interpreters As an exception to this general rule there are certain applications that can generate their own PS code such as Adobe PhotoShop Adobe Illustrator Adobe Acrobat Corel Draw Freehand and QuarkXpress When used with a PS driver these applications generate the output PS themselves instead of using the driver s rendering capabilities This is known as PostScript pass through So when using an HP PostScript driver together with an application that has PS passthrough capabilities the PS code that comes into the printer has not been rendered by the HP driver and should the source file contain any PS commands that are not correctly processed by the printer a 79 04 system error could occur even though an HP driver is being used Solution When a job consistently generates a 79 04 system error it is either because of a issue in the printer s firmware or because of a defect in the job itself when it has been generated by third party software In order to identify the cause and find out a solution these issues should always be immediately escalated to the GBU through the GCC ENWW How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error 29 However there are some workarounds and short term solutions that can be tried in order to get the customer u
299. t number Description Cross reference in figure Q665 1 6028 1 Center Platen Center Platen on page 387 2 CQ105 67002 Media Deflector 1 Media Deflector on page 328 i i 3 Q6651 60270 OMAS Module Optical Media Advance Sensor OMAS on page 352 4 CQ105 67040 OMAS Cable OMAS Cable on page 363 5 CQ105 67038 Output Platen includes 3 Media Deflectors 6 CQ105 67004 Deflector and Stacker CQ109 67042 HP Coated roll a Includes the Attachment Screw Retainer 198 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Pinchwheel Assembly Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 67035 Complete Pinchwheel Assembly Pinchwheel Assembly on page 401 2 CQ105 67103 Pinchwheel Lever 3 Q1271 60185 Pinchwheels Kit Pinchwheel Assembly on page 401 7 O ba O 3 oO K S O A ENWW Printer 199 J Q at N Q 5 Q Q Q Q 3 N Smart Roll loading System A Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 1 CQ105 67010 Multi roll Gear and Motor 2 CQ105 67027 Multi roll Door Arms 3 CQ105 67011 Indexer and Right Slider 4 CQ105 67029 Multi roll Door Springs 5 CQ105 67028 Dampers 6 CQ105 67001 Rewinder Gear and Motor 7 CQ105 67007 Door Switches 200 Chapter 8 Parts and diagrams ENWW Smart Roll loading System B Number HP part number Description Cross reference in figure 8 CQ105 67003 Hub Support and Adaptors 9 CQ105 67020 Door 10 CQ105 67057 3 i
300. t the printer is processing correctly and if it grows too large it may mean that there is a bottleneck somewhere and maybe the Jetdirect card throughput is decreased to control its speed to the printer However if the access to this counter is not properly controlled undesirable effects may happen in a real environment a Jetdirect card processes thousands of information packets per second so this counter is updated frequently both by the Jetdirect and the printer If at a certain point the Jetdirect card and the printer try to access the counter at the same time and the code is not prepared to handle this it may happen that the Jetdirect cannot increase the counter because the printer is writing to it and what s worse it does not realize this fact If this happens a few times each second it may happen that the counter is decreasing faster than it s increasing and that at a certain point it has a negative value And then what will the process that is checking this counter do Most likely the process will not be prepared to react to a negative value and will launch an exception that will trigger a 79 04 system error ENWW How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error 33 Cause This type of 79 04 error always occurs in heavy load conditions so the symptoms will normally follow this pattern e A printer that is heavily used printing a project or in a reprographics environment produces 79 04 errors randomly forcing the user to restart
301. tch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Lett Cover See Cover Left on page 226 2 Remove two T 20 screws from the ISS shielding ENWW Disassembly order 307 O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 3 Remove the ISS Shielding 5 Release the clips securing the ISS to Cartridge Cable J gt j g Q ba 3 e lt Q 308 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Remove the ISS to Cartridge Cable from the printer Ink Supply Station ISS Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Scan Axis Motor See Scan Axis Motor on page 320 2 Pull out the top row of Cartridge Trays and remove the Ink Cartridges O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 309 4 Pull out the bottom row of Cartridge Trays and remove the Ink Cartridges J gt j D xe Q mi ba 3 e lt Q 310 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 7 Disconnect the cable o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a El D aes ia A ENWW Disassembly order 311 10 Twist the four latches at the rear of the Ink Cartridge Tube Connector and release the complete assembly amp NOTE Be careful not to damage the interconnecting cable J gt j g xe Q a M 3 e lt Q 312 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and
302. ter continuously rejects printheads To resolve printhead rejection problems do the following 1 Clean the flex contacts on the Printhead and in the Carriage Assembly using the Carriage Interconnect Wiper see Carriage Interconnect Wiper on page 87 and try again 2 If all the Printheads are rejected for each Printhead the status message on the Front Panel does not show OK then perform the Carriage Assembly Test Carriage Assembly test on page 95 A new maintenance cartridge is incorrectly detected as used This can occur if the printer has detected the previous Maintenance Cartridge was nearly full and when a new Maintenance Cartridge is installed the Front Panel displays an error that the cartridge is used To resolve the problem manually reset the counter of the Maintenance Cartridge Reset Life Counters on page 112 Cover sensors are not working To resolve cover sensor problems do the following 1 Check that the cable for the faulty sensor is not damaged and is connected correctly 2 Replace the faulty sensor The Line Sensor has problems detecting paper To resolve Line Sensor paper detection problems do the following 1 Check the type of paper that is being used the Line sensor may have problems detecting transparent paper or some types of Non HP paper Try loading white HP paper into the printer and check whether the Line Sensor detects it 2 Excessive ink deposits on the Platen surface
303. th a of the black with the rest of colors The bidirectional check is at the top marked as number 2 Bidir e The top pattern is related to the front printhead nearest to the user when doing the printhead replacement e The bottom pattern is related to the rear printhead more far to the user when doing the printhead replacement Check that the lines are continuous without a gap The junction is marked with a ENWW 3 The printhead to printhead alignment in paper advance direction PAD is marked as number 3 e The top pattern is related to the front printhead nearest to the user when doing the printhead replacement e The bottom pattern is related to the rear printhead more far to the user when doing the printhead replacement u The area to check is the junction marked with a of the black with the rest of colors 4 The alignment in scan axis direction between both printhead of the same color is marked as 4a in forward direction die2dieSAD Fwd and 4b in reverser direction die2dieSAD Rev un The area to check is the junction marked with a The lines have to be continuous 5 The ThetaZ of the printhead are checked in the area marked as 5 It checks in forward Tz Fwd and reverse directions Tz Rev un The area to check is the junction marked with a The lines have to be continuous a k O a aa Ga 6 The area marked as number 6 is a refere
304. the Best plot was used 4 Advanced diagnostic prints These tests provide more information than the Image Quality plots e Visual Alignment Print to check printhead alignment e Visual Media Advance to check paper advance e Force Drop Detection to reset the nozzle health historic data base and force new drop detection e Paper Advance Sensor which allows the Paper Advance Sensor to be disabled and forces the advance control to use the analog encoder system The Paper Advance sensor will operate again after the printer has been restarted 5 Print Reference Plot Best 6 Print Reference Plot Normal 7 Print Reference Plot Fast Considerations for printing the Diagnostic Print 1 You must have paper loaded 2 Use the same type of paper on which the image quality problem occurred 3 Ifthe customer is using non HP paper and after the Image Quality Test you still have the same image quality problem change to genuine HP paper and repeat the Image Quality Test 4 Ifyou do not see any problems with the Image Quality Test then the problem may not be with the printer itself The problem may be with the RIP or the driver for example However if you do see problems with the Image Quality Test then continue with the Advanced Diagnostic procedures which will help you to diagnose the problem 152 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW Printing the Image Quality Service Print 1 In the Service Utilities submenu scroll to Diagnostic Print
305. the Drop Detector which takes about 1 minute Calibrate Drop Detector Calibrating step 1 of 16 128 Chapter 6 Service calibrations ENWW 5 Once the Drop Detector has been calibrated the results are displayed on the front panel Calibrate Drop Detector Offset 16 Valid range 7 7 Window width 12 minimum 5 Press m to accept or to reject values V e 5 en 2 Q Y gt hes T N The offset is the displacement from the nominal Carriage position for drop detection The window width refers to values captured by the drop detector sensor The offset should be within the valid range and the window width should be at least the minimum shown If the values are correct press OK to accept them If not the Drop Detector is not correctly installed either because the Service Station has not been correctly installed in the Scan Axis or because the Drop Detector is not correctly installed or not working properly Press Cancel to reject the values A CAUTION Do not accept these values if they are not within the right range as the printer will not work properly 6 Press OK to end the calibration Calibrate Drop Detector Diagnostic result OF Press to continue Line Sensor calibration The purpose of this Service Calibration is to calibrate the intensity of the Line Sensor in the Carriage PCA An incorrect calibration can result in edge detection failures during paper loading and incorrect read
306. the Metallic Support on to the Top Cover 3 Install the T 20 screw that secures the Metallic Support to the Top Cover 4 Remove the Window gt See Window on page 227 from the old Top Cover and install it on the new Top Cover J ma i L O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 T z S Er NOTE When installing the Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable on to the Top Cover take note of the of the two red marks on the Ink Supply Tubes These two red marks should be aligned with the first slot in the Top Cover as this will help with the rest of the installation 234 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Connector Cover Right Removal 1 Remove two T 20 screws from the Right Connector Cover 2 Rotate the Right Connector Cover a few degrees counter clockwise so that it can be removed from the printer 3 Remove the Right Connector Cover O gt Q E Q on eal Em Q S Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 235 Connector Cover Left Removal 1 Remove two T 20 screws from the Left Connector Cover 2 Remove the Left Connector Cover Front Panel Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 J gt j g me Q mt gt Ls 3 e lt Q 2 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on
307. the OMAS Cable O gt o E on eal Em e Q S D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 367 5 Push the Attachment Plate into its slot in the Vacuum beam until it is level with the edge of OMAS installation position 6 Carefully pull the OMAS Cable back into the Vacuum Beam from the Service Station end until the straight fold immediately before the first diagonal fold from the OMAS sensor end is aligned with the slot fold the OMAS Cable across the diagonal fold and install the cable clamp to lock the OMAS Cable in the correct position 7 Route the OMAS Cable to the Ferrite Core in the Right Interconnect panel J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2 368 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 8 Feed the OMAS Cable through Ferrite Core Main PCA Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 2 Remove the Jetdirect Card if installed O gt Ce E Q D km Q Q D S 0 ENWW Disassembly order 369 3 Remove three T 20 screws that secure the Ebox Cover Left 4 5 J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q 370 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 6 Disconnect two ribbon cables 8 Remove one T 10 screw Type I that secures the Main PCA 2 gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q
308. the Printhead status messages that may be displayed while replacing the Printheads Reseat In this situation select the Printhead replacement option through the Front Panel but do NOT remove the Printheads If this status message continues to appear then remove the Printheads and install them again Remove The Printhead is not a suitable type for use in printing for example a Setup Printhead Missing No Printhead has been detected in that Carriage stall If a Printhead is installed in the Carriage stall when this status message is shown 1 Reseat the Printhead making sure it is installed correctly 2 Clean the Carriage and Printhead flex circuits using the Carriage Interconnect Wiper gt Carriage Interconnect Wiper on page 87 ad Replace the Printhead 4 Perform the Electronic Systems Test gt Electronics Module test on page 94 EY NOTE If all the Printheads are installed but have the Status message Missing it is possible that the Carriage Assembly is faulty Maintenance Cartridge status messages while printing Detailed below are the Maintenance Cartridge status messages that may be displayed while printing OK The Maintenance Cartridge is operating correctly and no action is required End of Life The Maintenance Cartridge has reached the end of it s life and should be replaced 84 Chapter 4 Ink supplies ENWW Maintenance Cartridge status messages while replacing The following are the Maintenance
309. the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 Remove the Maintenance Cartridge gt See the User s Guide Remove the Right Rear Trim See Rear Trim Right on page 343 0O N oO UU A Q Disconnect the cable from the Maintenance Cartridge Door Switch J gt j D xe Q gt D 3 e lt Q 244 Chapter9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 11 Disconnect the Aerosol Fan cable O gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a ENWW Disassembly order 245 14 Remove two T 15 screws Type J that secure the Service Station to the Chassis A CAUTION When removing the screws be careful not to damage the Encoder Strip AN eZ E Na 4 16 Lower the right side of the Service Station J gt j g L Q gt I 3 e lt Q 17 Remove the Service Station from the printer 246 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW EY NOTE After installing the new Service Station make sure you perform the following Service Utility e Reset Counter PHC spittoon Reset Life Counters on page 112 E amp Y NOTE After installing the new Service Station make sure you perform the following Service Calibration e Drop Detector Calibration Drop Detector calibration on page 127 Removal of the Service Station Scraper 1 Release the clip securing the Scraper to the Service Station 2 Remove the Scraper
310. thout lifting the Media Lever In these conditions to avoid paper jams the recommendation is to load paper by lifting the Media Lever and aligning the paper manually following the instructions on the front panel The use of non HP paper can easily be the cause of paper jams and printhead crashes especially printhead crashes because HP paper is specially formulated to avoid cockle one of the primary causes of head crashes If the paper is not HP approved advise the customer to use HP paper and check to see if the problem is now solved ENWW Troubleshooting paper jams and printhead crashes 11 O p O O Ka V i 2 gt fe Yen X TIP When clearing a paper jam sometimes paper is stuck in the paper path To clear this you must lift the Media Lever and insert thicker paper into the paper path to push out the paper that is still stuck there Troubleshooting shutdowns If a shutdown occurs you will get the message Switch Power Off followed by one of these messages e Check Maintenance Cartridge Path e Check Paper Path e Check Printhead Path EY NOTE A shutdown in each path will require different steps to resolve the problem as explained below In each case make sure that you power off the printer before trying to resolve the problem Also check that the Rewinder Motor moves easily without friction with the printer turned off ka e SE D N gt fe fe Q Maintenance
311. tridge e Check that the ISS to Cartridge cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Ink Supply Tubes PCA e Replace the ISS to Cartridge cable gt ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 SE 26 2 01 Cause Bad contact detected in ISS slot 2 floater N lt N f a 3 i ka L e L A O Q M N Solution Try the following operations on the Matte Black Cartridge T7100 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error e Remove the Ink Cartridge and reinstall it into the printer e Replace the Ink Cartridge e Check that the ISS to Cartridge cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Ink Supply Tubes PCA e Replace the ISS to Cartridge cable gt ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 SE 26 3 01 Cause Bad contact detected in ISS slot 3 floater Solution Try the following operations on the Dark Gray Cartridge T7100 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error e Remove the Ink Cartridge and reinstall it into the printer e Replace the Ink Cartridge e Check that the ISS to Cartridge cable is not damaged and is correctly connected to the Ink Supply Tubes PCA e Replace the ISS to Cartridge cable gt ISS to Cartridge Cables on page 307 52 Chapter 3 System error codes ENWW SE 26 4 01 Cause Bad contact detected in ISS slot 4 floater Solution Try the following operations on the Magenta Cartridge T7100 the T7100 Monochrome should not experience this error
312. trip See Clean the Encoder Strip on page 464 3 Perform the Scan Axis Test to obtain further information on the problem Scan Axis test on page 92 Velocity shutdown To resolve a velocity shutdown do the following 1 Open the Window and check for any visible obstacles restricting the movement of the Carriage Assembly Try and move the Carriage Assembly manually checking for smooth and free movement 2 Check that the Encoder Strip is clean If necessary clean Encoder Strip using a damp cloth Energy shutdown To resolve an energy shutdown do the following 1 Clean Slider Rods and Apply Oil along the complete axis of the Slide Rods After applying the Oil perform the Scan Axis Test See Scan Axis test on page 92 and check that the values are within the given limits 2 Clean the Encoder Strip See Clean the Encoder Strip on page 464 3 Perform the Scan Axis Test to obtain further information on the problem Scan Axis test on page 92 Vacuum suction much lower at high altitudes At altitudes above 3 000 meters the vacuum force holding down the paper will be lower therefore the paper will not be held in place properly causing e Ink Smearing on the Paper e Printhead crashes against the Paper e Roll Paper loading problems low probability Banding at variable extreme environmental conditions E NOTE This problem is only applicable if the OMAS is disabled Since the Accuracy Calibration has been don
313. trip on the right hand side of the printer O gt e z Q i nim p O Q te Q aes z i a 9 Carefully pull the Encoder Strip out of the left hand side of the printer ENWW Disassembly order 295 10 Remove the Carriage PCA See Carriage PCA on page 289 12 Remove the plastic cover from the Encoder Sensor J ma i O Q ai L i 3 fe lt 2 13 Remove the Encoder Sensor from the printer 296 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW Line Sensor Assembly Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Press the two side of the Carriage PCA Cover and unclip from the Carriage Assembly a i a Heya tg tte te tg Mg fen te att a He te 3 Release the clip and disconnect the Line Sensor cable from the Carriage PCA O gt se z Q i nim be e Q i Q aes Le A ENWW Disassembly order 297 4 Remove the Line Sensor from the Carriage Assembly DA l UA 5 Remove the protective foam from around the sensor EY NOTE After installing the new Line Sensor make sure you perform the following Service Calibrations e Line Sensor Calibration gt Line Sensor calibration on page 129 Ink Supply Tubes and Trailing Cable Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable J ma i O Q ai ba i 3 fe lt 2
314. uncapped Service Station Do you want to leave the service station in the default position capping the printheads Press w for yes or for no 8 The front panel announces the result of the test Press OK to turn off the printer Service Station Diagnostic result OF Press ok to shut down X TIP Ifa system error message appears during the above procedure see System error codes on page 41 Primer test M N f 7 Q Q Cc z M VN The purpose of this test is to prime a specified printhead 102 Chapter 5 Service tests and utilities ENWW EY NOTE It possible always perform this test before replacing the primer If this test passes do not replace the primer Perform the Primer test as follows 1 Start the printer in Diagnostic mode Up and OK keys pressed at switch on time until the HP logo appears Go to the Service Station submenu Diagnostics menu Scan Axis E ePaper Drive Electronics Module l Carriage Assembly H IDS Service Station m TSO Tafarmati nn 2 Within the Service Station submenu select the Primer test Service Station Service Station gt Aerosol Fan 3 The printer will ask you to check that the printer covers the doors and the pinch lever are closed and the printheads and cartridges correctly inserted After checking those things press OK Primer Please check that Window cover closed Lever is Lowered SVS door closed Printh
315. ure you perform Paper advance Calibration Paper advance calibration on page 124 Vacuum Fan Cable Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 3 Remove the Right Smart Roll loading System Cover gt See Smart Roll loading System Cover Right on page 256 4 Disconnect the cable labelled on the Vacuum Fan PCA as Interconnect Cable J gt j g xe Q ba M 3 e lt Q 250 Chapter 9 Printer part removal and installation ENWW 5 Unroute the Interconnect Cable 6 Disconnect the Vacuum Fan Cable from the Interconnect PCA o gt O z D 2m nim S 5 a ea D aes ee A ENWW Disassembly order 251 8 Unroute the Vacuum Fan Cable from the Interconnect PCA ae Installation Make sure that the OMAS ribbon cable is free of slack when you install the cable clamp After installing the new Vacuum Fan make sure you perform Paper advance Calibration Paper advance calibration on page 124 Aerosol Fan and Filter Removal A WARNING Switch off the printer and remove the power cable 1 Remove the Right Cover See Cover Right on page 223 2 Remove the PW Cover See PW Cover on page 342 3 Remove the Right Connector Cover See Connector Cover Right on page 235 4 Remove the Service Station gt
316. use the Image Quality Service Diagnostic Print 165 Interpreting plot results The three plots are all printed using Photo Black ink in 6 pass print mode even on Gloss paper and should should each be similar The white lightest band of must be within the center 1 area tor a PASS result This should be true for all three plots or the printer will have differential banding a difference of advance between the lett and right There is a 3 inch white band before the plots to ensure there is no platen noise causing advance errors while the media is covering the platen J 2 2 lt Example acceptable plot The following illustration shows an example of a PASS plot Leading Edge of Plot White Band to avoid platen noise L q ie ey ie ma FE EAN tok ye ig par EVA pakil pHi pai T White Lightest band _ the 1 range af il 7 3 2 l g L oa 166 Chapter 7 Print quality ENWW Example defective advance plot This defect has the follow possible causes e OMAS is not clean or is defective so you should repeat the plot with OMAS disabled This will allow you to establish if this is an OMAS related fault If the same fault is detected the problem cannot be attributed to OMAS e The Drive roller is not clean so it slips against the media e Any other component affecting the media advance Spindle Back Tension o Input roller o Pinchwheels a k O g D D Ga
317. ushing any ink into the dummy Ink Cartridge with the two holes at the top 8 The front panel asks whether you want to repeat the process with a different cartridge If you choose to do so move the dummy Ink Cartridge with the two holes to a different slot If not the printer will shut down Refill ink tubes A broken bag in an Ink Cartridge is likely to cause air bubbles in the ink tubes It is important to remove the air bubbles because they can damage the Printheads The purpose of this procedure is to refill the ink tubes removing any air bubbles after an Ink Cartridge with a broken bag has been replaced This is this third and final stage in recovering trom a broken bag and it should be performed only in that context See Recover broken bag on page 101 1 Remove all the dummy Ink Cartridges and replace them with normal Ink Cartridges EY NOTE Be careful not to reinstall the Ink Cartridge with the broken bag it should be replaced with a new Ink Cartridge 2 Select Refill ink tubes from the Ink Delivery System Test menu 3 The printer initializes various electrical subsystems 4 When the front panel displays a screen similar to the following use the Up and Down keys to select the ink color that had the broken bag and press OK D Refill Ink Tubes Slotti Y lt Slot2 C 5 Slot3 MK Z slot DG Slots M T Slot G v 5 The front panel asks whether there is air in the ink tubes If not the situat
318. window and remove paper e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 1 01 Cause Stacker communication error Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 1 03 Cause Stacker multiple firmware upgrades Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 1 04 Cause Stacker unable to upgrade firmware Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 1 10 Cause Stacker initialization error Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 2 03 ENWW Cause Stacker unable to reach target temperature Continuable and non continuable error codes og W Q Ee fe uv Lh fe Pe pe Q E Q V an N N lt N f a 3 i gt L e L A O Q M N Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 2 10 Cause Stacker temperature too high Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stacker e f problem persists contact the stacker manufacturer SE 38 2 11 Cause Stacker temperature too low Solution Try the following e Uninstall and reinstall stac
319. wo different types of root causes e Memory leaks Before a program is executed it allocates the memory it will need After the execution is complete the allocated memory is freed to be used by other programs If the allocation or the release of the memory are not properly programmed every time the program is executed some memory will be incorrectly labelled either as used or as free This is known as a memory leak When a program with a memory leak is executed a lot the memory becomes progressively full since it is not properly freed When the leak becomes too big the printer is left out of memory to execute new processes and a 79 04 is triggered e Concurrence issues There are certain resources that can be accessed by multiple programs or by multiple executions of the same program what is known as multiple threads Access to these resources must be correctly controlled to prevent unexpected behavior Issues caused by incorrect control of these resources are concurrence issues For example imagine that there is a counter that controls the communication between the Jetdirect card and the printer s firmware Whenever a new packet of information is sent by the Jetdirect card to the printer the counter increases When the printer receives the packet and processes it correctly the counter decreases Another process checks the counter from time to time to see its value and draw conclusions from it If the counter is near O it means tha
320. y of all the electronics components Check for data related system errors see Data related SE 79 04 on page 30 2 3 Replace the memory 4 Replace the hard disk drive 5 Escalate the issue before replacing any additional parts Troubleshooting based on symptoms This section will describe which troubleshooting steps to perform for a 79 04 system error based on the symptoms of the issue Perform each step as it appears in the list and only move on to the next step once you are sure the 79 04 error has not been cleared ENWW How to troubleshoot the 79 04 system error 35 Front panel displays 79 04 at start up 1 Restart the printer twice If the system error has been caused by a job in an incorrect format restarting twice clears the error the first time after restart the printer tries to print the job again which causes the error to re appear If restarting the printer twice solves the issue then it is an issue related to the job see Job related SE 79 04 on page 29 2 Update the printer s firmware Even if the currently installed firmware version is the latest reinstall it Since the printer cannot start normally you must update the firmware while starting the printer in Diagnostics Boot Mode 3 Disconnect the network cable and restart the printer If this solves the problem then it is a network related 79 04 error and you should follow the guidelines for this type of 79 04 error see Network related SE 79 04 on
321. y erase data on the Hard Disk Show Hide Front Panel Info This Service Utility enables you to show or hide the IP address of the printer on the front panel Paper Sensor Replacement Paper Sensor replacement on page 118 The purpose of this Service Utility is to unload the paper and leave the Smart Roll loading System in a position in which the Media Sensor can be replaced easily Soft Printhead Servicing gt Soft Printhead servicing on page 118 The purpose of this Service Utility is to enable or disable the soft printhead servicing mode which may be enabled when spitting is visible on the print and the print quality is poor Test Cutter Test Cutter on page 119 The purpose of this service utility is to check that the Cutter works properly Hard Disk Recovery Hard Disk recovery on page 120 The purpose of this service utility is to clean user data on the Hard Disk to try to recover the printer from an unstable state File System Check File system check on page 120 The purpose of this service utility is to check the consistency of the file system on the Hard Disk If the utility detects a problem it will try to fix it automatically Entering the Service Utilities menu 108 1 Once the Ready message is displayed on the front panel select the icon For Call Agents who will request the user to perform certain Service Utilities once inside the Setup menu press the Down arrow key and the Cancel key together You

DESIGNJET T7100 and T7100 Monochrome printer series

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents